Xerox Workcenter 123,128,133
Xerox Workcenter 123,128,133
Xerox Workcenter 123,128,133
Service Documentation
Copy Centre C123/128,Work Centre M123/128,Work Centre Pro123/128,Copy Center
133,Work Center 133,Work Center Pro 133 Service Documentation
705P 00902 (EDOC)
1st Version
September 2005
Published by The Document Company Xerox GKLS European Operations Bessemer Road
Welwyn Garden City Hertfordshire AL7 1HE ENGLAND
2005 by Fuji Xerox Co.,Ltd. All rights reserved. Xerox and all identifying numbers used in
connection with the Xerox products mentioned in this publication are trademarks of the Xerox
Corporation.
***Xerox Private Data***
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes
only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer
any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix
machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You
should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided
service.
Xerox
While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising
out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
WARNING
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not
installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits
for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart B of part 15 of FCC rules, which are
designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in
a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to
cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.
0/0/00
?-1
Section Name
Section Name
0/0/00
?-2
Introduction
About this Manual............................................................................................................
Organization ....................................................................................................................
How to Use this Documentation ......................................................................................
Symbology and Nomenclature ........................................................................................
Translated Warnings .......................................................................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
iii
iii
iv
v
viii
September 2005
i
Introduction
Introduction
September 2005
ii
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Organization
This Service Manual is divided into eight sections. The titles of the sections and a description
of the information contained in each section are contained in the following paragraphs:
This manual contains information that applies to NASG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers.
This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault
Code related faults (with the exception of image quality problems).
Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures.
Repairs
Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following
special conditions:
When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.
When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the
Parts List.
When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.
When the part requires an adjustment after replacement.
When a special tool is required for removal or replacement.
Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cautions, and notes.
Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the
correct operation of the system.
Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warnings, cautions and notes.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
iii
Introduction
This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribution wire networks in the machine. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams.
The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the
service call. The call must be entered using these procedures.
All wirenets are shown on the Circuit Diagrams (CDs). Power distribution wirenets are shown
in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The power distribution wirenets on the CDs
will end at the terminal board for the power being distributed. Find the wirenet for that power
and locate the terminal board on the wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoot any power distribution wiring not shown on the CD.
Introduction
September 2005
iv
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
CAUTION
The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser Safety Training Program may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation.
For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program.
An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
Figure 2 Customer Access Label
CAUTION
A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.
This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to
avoid touching the hot surfaces.
NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement.
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is
present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the
laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed
exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established
local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective
surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the
power is On and the laser is energized.
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or
the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training
program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist
that could result in exposure to the laser beam.
WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if
the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.
These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
v
Introduction
The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive
components are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit
boards or connectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when
circuit boards are returned for repair.
The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit
Usage in the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.
Illustration Symbols
Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.
September 2005
vi
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Signal Nomenclature
Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs.
The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC
voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test
point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be
found in a RAP:
There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68.
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.
Another example of a statement found in a RAP might be:
There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33.
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would
be placed on TP33.
If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
the copier frame.
SPECIFICATION
+5 VDC
+24 VDC
H/L SPECIFICATIONS
+5 VDC
+24 VDC
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
vii
Introduction
Translated Warnings
Introduction
September 2005
viii
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Introduction
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
DANGER: Une note DANGER est utilise chaque fois qu'une procdure de maintenance ou
qu'une manipulation prsente un risque de blessure si elle n'a pas t strictement observe.
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is
present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the
laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed
exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established
local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective
surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the
power is On and the laser is energized.
DANGER: L'quipement contient un faisceau laser invisible et aucune indication visible signale
la prsence du faisceau laser. De ce fait le produit est class 3B pour tout ce qui concerne la
maintenance. L'exposition directe des yeux au faisceau laser peut entraner des lsions
visuelles. Les procdures de maintenance doivent tre ralises sans aucun changement
comme indiqu dans la documentation. Le reprsentant Xerox lors d'interventions sur l'quipement doit respecter les consignes de scurit locales concernant les faisceaux laser. Ne pas
placer d'objet rflchissant dans la zone du ROS quand il est ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la
zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous tension et que le laser est en fonctionnement.
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or
the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training
program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist
that could result in exposure to the laser beam.
DANGER: Les symboles et instructions suivants sont indiqus sur des tiquettes dans la
machine et sont identifis dans la documentation technique et dans le manuel de formation.
Quand ces symboles s'affichent le reprsentant Xerox est prvenu des risques encourus concernant une exposition au rayon laser.
WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if
the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.
DANGER: Ne pas essayer de shunter les contacts laser pour quelques raisons que ce soit. Si
le faisceau laser est dirig accidentellement vers les yeux il peut en rsulter des lsions oculaires permanentes.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 2.5.1 Take Away Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 2.6.2 Left Hand(L/H) Upper Cover Unit
Drives
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Paper Transportation
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
ROS
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit
September 2005
ix
WARNING
Introduction
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Xerographics/Development
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Electrical Components
REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB
WARNING
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Fuser
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Exit
REP 6.1.1 Exit 2 +OCT 2
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
MPT
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Introduction
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Covers
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
IIT
REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.1.2 Control Panel
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
September 2005
x
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 12.1.2 Tray 4 Feeder
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 12.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 12.6.1 2 Tray Module PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Tray Module -TT
REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Tray Module -2T
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
xi
Introduction
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 13.8.1 Twin Tray Module PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DADF
REP 15.1.1 DADF Assembly
WARNING
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly
Introduction
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.4.2 Top Cover
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
September 2005
xii
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll,Feed Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Finisher
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly
WARNING
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.3.1 H-Transport Belt
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.1.2 Finisher Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.4.1 Front Cover
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.4.2 Rear Cover
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.6.1 Decurler Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1st Version
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.6.2 Finisher Drive Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.7.1 Belt
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.8.1 Rail
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.8.2 Staple Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray Assembly
September 2005
xiii
Introduction
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.10.1 Stacker Motor Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.12.1 Finisher PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
IIT
ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate carriage Position Adjustment
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance
ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
WARNING
Switch off the machine and disconnect the power cord.
DANGER: Mettre la machine sur ARRET et debrancher le cordon dalimentation.
8.2 Foreign Interface
WARNING
Switch off the machine and disconnect the power cord.
Introduction
September 2005
xiv
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-6
1-6
1-7
September 2005
1-1
September 2005
1-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Service Strategy
Purpose
The service strategy for the Copy Centre C123/128, the Work Centre M123/128 Work Centre
Pro123/128, the Copy Center 133, the Work Center 133 and Work Center Pro 133 Copier/
Printers is to perform any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions before attempting to
repair any problems. Some problems will be corrected by this strategy without the need to
diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) will be used for any remaining problems.
The purpose of the Initial Action section of the Service Call Procedures is to determine the
reason for the service call and to identify and organize the actions which must be performed.
Procedure
1.
Gather the information about the service call and the condition of the copier/printer.
a.
Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur
when using the accessories.
Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.
b.
After informing the customer, disconnect the machine from the customers network.
c.
Check that the power cords are in good condition, correctly plugged in the power
source, and free from any defects that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace
the power cords as required. Check that the circuit breakers are not tripped.
d.
Inspect any rejected copies. Inquire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality and
weight. Look for any damage to the copies, oil marks, image quality defects, or other
indications of a problem.
e.
Question the operator(s). Ask about the location of most recent paper jams. Ask
about the image quality and the copier/printer performance in general, including any
unusual sounds or other indications.
f.
Call Flow
Call Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures.
ii.
g.
Print the HFSI Report and determine what HFSI action is required based on the
customer output volume. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section for the
detailed HFSI information. Record any items that require action.
h.
Display and record the information in the Jam Counter, Fault Counter, and Shutdown
History. Classify this information into categories:
The cleaning procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call.
Final Actions
The Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative
activities are also performed in the Final Actions.
Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call.
Information that is related to secondary problems.
Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a
problem.
i.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Check the Service Log for any recent activities that are related to the problem that
caused the service call or any secondary problem.
2.
Perform any required HFSI activities identified above. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance
Activities section.
3.
Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the problem by running the same jobs that the customer
was running.
4.
Go to Call Flow.
September 2005
1-3
Call Flow
Initial Actions
Procedure
Ask the operator about the problem.
Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Chapter 2 and then proceed with servicing.
If the problem is noise or smell, select a mode (1 Sided/2Sided, Finisher etc.), find the
cause of the problem and proceed with servicing.
Check the machine settings and if necessary, ask the customer for permission to test
the machine in the mode in which the problem occurs.
Analyze the protocol trace when the problem reoccurs, refer to Chapter 2 and then
proceed with servicing.
Refer to Chapter 3 IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing.
There is a problem with the network.
Y
N
There is a problem with the parallel connection.
Y
N
There is an image quality problem.
Y
N
The problem lies in a certain Client PC.
Y
N
There is a problem with a certain application or programming language A.
If the cause of the problem is an accessory or the Foreign Interface, check that
the machine settings are correct, refer to the appropriate service manual for the
procedure and then proceed with servicing.
Call Flow
Ask the operator about the problem. If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or
an attempt to perform a job outside of the machine specifications, assist the customer in learning the correct procedure.
A
B
C
D
E
Service Call Procedures
Refer to Chapter 3
servicing.
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with
If the problem persists, ask the user to reinstall the printer driver.
Check the machine settings and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver.
F
September 2005
1-4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
F
If the problem persists, replace the parallel cable. Check the machine settings and discuss the
problem with the customer's network administrator.
Table 1 Other Faults
Problem
Corrective Action
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
1-5
Call Flow
Cleaning Procedures
Procedure
Purpose
1.
b.
Procedure
CAUTION
2.
3.
Refer to Table 1 and enter a counter number for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI)
counters to be checked. Use the customer's output volume numbers to help determine
which HFSI components should be serviced. Consider components near threshold as
candidates for service.
General Cleaning
4.
1.
Counter
Name
Threshold
954-800
300K
954-802
2.
300K
300K
3.
Tray 2 Feed counter
Reset
only
954-801
Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed
otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.
Jam Sensors
Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.
4.
Scanner
a.
Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off.
b.
Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass,
Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror.
954-803
300K
c.
Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover.
954-805
300K
d.
Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
954-807
Fuser
175K
5.
954-808
300K
956-802
IIT Scan
956-803
Lamp On Time
6.
956-804
Lamp On Count
7.
955-806
Document Feed
955-807
Simplex Document
Feed
955-808
Duplex Document
Feed
956-808
955-810
955-829
Invert Solenoid ON
Count
955-830
DADF
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film
Remover as required.
Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass
Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.
Finisher
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.
September 2005
1-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Final Actions
Purpose
To provide a guide for procedures to be done at the end of every service call.
Procedure
1.
Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry
cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.
2.
3.
4.
Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the customer:
a.
b.
Place the Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern registered
to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy.
c.
Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the
service log in the Inner Cover.
d.
e.
5.
6.
7.
Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what
has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
1-7
Final Actions
Final Actions
September 2005
1-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-11
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
2-17
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-21
2-21
2-22
2-22
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-28
2-29
2-29
2-30
2-30
2-31
2-31
2-32
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-34
003-950
003-955
003-956
003-957
003-963
003-965
003-966
003-970
003-972
003-973
003-974
003-976
003-977
003-980
003-981
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-37
2-37
2-38
2-38
2-39
2-39
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
005-xxx DADF
005-121
005-122
005-123
005-125
005-131
005-132
005-134
005-135
005-136
005-139
005-145
005-146
005-147
005-194
005-196
005-197
005-198
005-199
005-280
005-283
005-284
005-285
005-286
005-302
005-304
005-305
005-307
005-906
005-907
005-908
005-913
September 2005
2-1
2-43
2-44
2-45
2-46
2-47
2-48
2-49
2-50
2-51
2-52
2-53
2-54
2-55
2-56
2-57
2-58
2-59
2-60
2-61
2-61
2-62
2-63
2-64
2-65
2-66
2-66
2-67
2-67
2-68
2-68
2-69
Status-indicator-raps
005-915
005-916
005-917
005-942
005-943
2-69
2-70
2-70
2-71
2-72
010-xxx Fuser
010-313
010-314
010-318
010-320
010-327
010-398
2-73
2-74
2-75
2-76
2-77
2-78
012-xxx Finisher
012-111 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM RAP......................................
012-112 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP......................................
012-121 H-Transport Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ............................................................
012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP.................................................
012-151 Compile Entrance Sensor Off JAM RAP..........................................................
012-152 Compile Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP..........................................................
012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP ............................................................................
012-162 H-Tra.EXIT. Sensor ON JAM RAP ..................................................................
012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP ................................................................................
012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP.............................................................
012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP ..................................................
012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ..................................................
012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP...................................................
012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP....................................................
012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP ...............................................................................
012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ....................................................
012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP .......................................................
012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP .......................................................
012-285 Finisher Error ....................................................................................................
012-291 Stapler Failure RAP .........................................................................................
012-293 Staple Front Corner Sensor On Failure RAP...................................................
012-294 Staple Front Corner Sensor Off Failure RAP...................................................
012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP ..............................................................
012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP ..............................................................
012-301 Finisher Top Cover Open RAP ........................................................................
012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP ......................................................................
012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP ...........................................................
012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM RAP..................................
012-902 H-Transport Exit Sensor Static JAM RAP........................................................
012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Entrance Sensor RAP.........................................
012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP ..........................................................
012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP ................................................
2-79
2-80
2-81
2-82
2-83
2-84
2-85
2-86
2-87
2-88
2-89
2-90
2-91
2-92
2-93
2-94
2-95
2-96
2-97
2-97
2-98
2-99
2-100
2-101
2-102
2-103
2-103
2-104
2-104
2-105
2-105
2-106
2-107
2-107
2-108
Status-indicator-raps
September 2005
2-2
2-108
2-109
2-109
2-110
2-110
2-111
2-111
2-112
2-112
2-113
2-113
2-114
2-114
2-115
2-115
2-116
2-116
2-117
2-117
2-118
2-118
2-119
2-119
2-120
2-120
2-121
2-121
2-122
2-122
2-123
2-123
2-124
2-124
2-125
2-125
2-126
2-126
2-127
2-127
2-128
2-128
2-129
2-129
2-130
2-130
2-131
2-131
2-132
2-132
2-133
2-133
2-134
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
016-757
016-758
016-759
016-760
016-761
016-762
016-764
016-765
016-766
016-767
016-768
016-769
016-771
016-772
016-773
016-774
016-775
016-776
016-777
016-778
016-779
016-780
016-781
016-782
016-783
016-784
016-785
016-786
016-787
016-788
016-789
016-791
016-792
016-793
016-798
016-799
016-981
016-982
016-985
2-134
2-135
2-135
2-136
2-136
2-137
2-137
2-138
2-138
2-139
2-139
2-140
2-140
2-141
2-141
2-142
2-142
2-143
2-143
2-144
2-144
2-145
2-145
2-146
2-146
2-147
2-147
2-148
2-148
2-149
2-149
2-150
2-150
2-151
2-151
2-152
2-152
2-153
2-153
021-xxx FAX
021-360
021-361
021-732
021-733
021-750
021-751
021-770
021-771
021-772
021-941
021-942
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-155
2-155
2-156
2-156
2-157
2-157
2-158
2-158
2-159
2-159
2-160
021-943
021-944
021-945
021-946
2-160
2-161
2-161
2-162
September 2005
2-3
2-163
2-164
2-165
2-166
2-167
2-168
2-169
2-170
2-171
2-172
2-173
2-174
2-175
2-176
2-177
2-178
2-179
2-180
2-181
2-182
2-183
2-184
2-185
2-186
2-187
2-188
2-189
2-190
2-191
2-192
2-193
2-194
2-195
2-196
2-197
2-198
2-199
2-200
2-201
2-202
2-203
2-204
2-205
2-206
2-207
2-208
Status-indicator-raps
024-964
024-965
024-966
024-967
024-976
024-977
024-979
024-980
024-982
024-985
024-986
2-209
2-210
2-211
2-212
2-213
2-214
2-215
2-216
2-217
2-218
2-219
2-221
2-221
027-xxx MAIL
027-452
027-500
027-501
027-502
027-700
027-701
027-702
027-703
027-710
027-711
027-712
027-713
027-714
027-715
027-716
027-720
027-721
027-722
027-723
027-724
027-725
027-726
027-727
027-737
027-739
027-740
027-741
027-742
027-743
027-744
027-745
027-746
027-750
027-751
027-752
Status-indicator-raps
2-223
2-223
2-224
2-224
2-225
2-225
2-226
2-226
2-227
2-227
2-228
2-228
2-229
2-229
2-230
2-230
2-231
2-231
2-232
2-232
2-233
2-233
2-234
2-234
2-235
2-235
2-236
2-236
2-237
2-237
2-238
2-238
2-239
2-239
2-240
2-240
2-241
2-241
2-243
2-243
2-244
2-244
2-245
2-245
2-246
2-246
2-247
2-247
2-248
2-248
2-249
2-249
2-250
2-250
2-251
2-251
2-252
2-252
2-253
2-253
2-254
2-254
2-255
2-255
2-256
2-256
2-257
2-257
2-258
2-258
2-259
2-259
2-260
2-260
2-261
2-261
2-262
2-262
2-263
September 2005
2-4
2-265
2-265
2-266
2-266
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
034-504
034-505
034-506
034-507
034-508
034-509
034-510
034-511
034-512
034-513
034-514
034-515
034-519
034-520
034-521
034-522
034-523
034-524
034-525
034-526
034-527
034-528
034-529
034-530
034-700
034-701
034-702
034-723
034-724
034-725
034-726
034-727
034-728
034-729
034-734
034-737
034-743
034-744
034-790
034-791
034-792
034-793
034-794
034-795
034-796
034-797
034-798
034-799
2-267
2-267
2-268
2-268
2-269
2-269
2-270
2-270
2-271
2-271
2-272
2-272
2-273
2-273
2-274
2-274
2-275
2-275
2-276
2-276
2-277
2-277
2-278
2-278
2-279
2-279
2-280
2-280
2-281
2-281
2-282
2-282
2-283
2-283
2-284
2-284
2-285
2-285
2-286
2-286
2-287
2-287
2-288
2-288
2-289
2-289
2-290
2-290
2-291
2-291
035-702
035-703
035-704
035-705
035-706
035-707
035-708
035-709
035-710
035-711
035-712
035-713
035-714
035-715
035-716
035-717
035-718
035-719
035-720
035-721
035-722
035-723
035-724
035-725
035-726
035-727
035-728
035-729
035-730
035-731
035-732
035-733
035-734
035-735
035-736
035-737
035-738
035-739
035-740
035-741
035-742
035-743
035-744
035-745
035-746
035-747
035-748
035-749
035-750
035-751
035-752
035-753
September 2005
2-5
2-292
2-292
2-293
2-293
2-294
2-294
2-295
2-295
2-296
2-296
2-297
2-297
2-298
2-298
2-299
2-299
2-300
2-300
2-301
2-301
2-302
2-302
2-303
2-303
2-304
2-304
2-305
2-305
2-306
2-306
2-307
2-307
2-308
2-308
2-309
2-309
2-310
2-310
2-311
2-311
2-312
2-312
2-313
2-313
2-314
2-315
2-315
2-316
2-316
2-317
2-317
2-318
Status-indicator-raps
035-754
035-755
035-756
035-757
035-758
035-759
035-760
035-761
2-318
2-319
2-319
2-320
2-320
2-321
2-321
2-322
2-323
2-323
2-324
2-324
2-325
2-325
2-326
2-326
2-327
2-327
2-328
2-328
2-329
041-xxx NVM
041-210
041-211
041-340
041-362
041-363
041-364
041-366
2-331
2-331
2-332
2-332
2-333
2-333
2-334
042-xxx Drives
042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP.....................................................................
042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP...................................................................................
2-335
2-335
047-xxx Communication
047-211
047-212
047-213
047-214
047-215
047-216
047-218
2-337
2-338
2-339
2-339
2-340
2-340
2-341
061-xxx ROS
061-315 SOS Long K Failure RAP.................................................................................
061-321 ROS Motor Failure RAP...................................................................................
061-333 ROS Fan defect RAP.......................................................................................
2-343
2-343
2-344
062-xxx IIT
062-211
062-277
062-300
062-310
062-311
062-345
062-360
062-371
062-380
062-386
062-389
062-392
062-393
2-345
2-346
2-346
2-347
2-347
2-348
2-348
2-349
2-350
2-350
2-351
2-351
2-352
071-xxx Tray 1
071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP........................................................
071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP ...............................................................................
071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP ..........................................................................................
2-353
2-355
2-356
072-xxx Tray 2
072-101
072-105
072-210
072-211
2-357
2-359
2-360
2-361
073-xxx Tray 3
073-101
073-102
073-105
073-210
073-211
2-363
2-365
2-366
2-368
2-369
074-xxx Tray 4
074-101
074-102
074-103
074-105
074-210
074-211
2-371
2-373
2-374
2-375
2-377
2-378
075-xxx MPT
075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ..........................................................
2-379
2-345
Status-indicator-raps
September 2005
2-6
2-381
2-382
2-383
2-384
2-385
2-386
2-386
2-387
2-388
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
077-131
077-211
077-300
077-301
077-305
077-307
077-308
077-309
077-310
077-329
077-900
077-901
077-902
077-904
077-905
077-906
077-907
2-389
2-390
2-390
2-391
2-392
2-392
2-393
2-393
2-394
2-394
2-395
2-395
2-396
2-396
2-397
2-398
2-399
2-401
091-xxx Drum
091-401
091-912
091-913
091-914
091-915
091-916
2-403
2-403
2-404
2-405
2-405
2-406
2-407
2-409
2-409
2-410
2-411
2-412
2-412
102-xxx UI
102-356
102-380
102-381
102-382
2-413
2-413
2-414
2-414
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-415
2-415
2-416
2-416
2-417
2-417
116-317
116-318
116-321
116-323
116-324
116-326
116-327
116-328
116-329
116-330
116-331
116-332
116-333
116-335
116-336
116-337
116-338
116-339
116-340
116-341
116-342
116-343
116-344
116-346
116-348
116-349
116-350
116-351
116-352
116-353
116-354
116-355
116-356
116-357
116-358
116-359
116-360
116-361
116-362
116-363
116-364
116-365
116-366
116-367
116-368
116-370
116-371
116-372
116-373
116-374
116-375
116-376
September 2005
2-7
2-418
2-418
2-419
2-419
2-420
2-420
2-421
2-421
2-422
2-422
2-423
2-423
2-424
2-424
2-425
2-425
2-426
2-426
2-427
2-427
2-428
2-428
2-429
2-429
2-430
2-430
2-431
2-431
2-432
2-432
2-433
2-433
2-434
2-434
2-435
2-435
2-436
2-436
2-437
2-437
2-438
2-438
2-439
2-439
2-440
2-440
2-441
2-441
2-442
2-442
2-443
2-443
Status-indicator-raps
116-377
116-378
116-379
116-380
116-381
116-382
116-385
116-388
116-389
116-390
116-391
116-392
116-393
116-395
116-701
116-702
116-703
116-710
116-711
116-712
116-713
116-714
116-715
116-718
116-720
116-737
116-738
116-739
116-740
116-741
116-742
116-743
116-745
116-746
116-747
116-748
116-749
116-771
116-772
116-773
116-774
116-775
116-776
116-777
116-778
116-780
116-790
2-444
2-444
2-445
2-445
2-446
2-446
2-447
2-447
2-448
2-448
2-449
2-449
2-450
2-450
2-451
2-451
2-452
2-452
2-453
2-453
2-454
2-454
2-455
2-455
2-456
2-456
2-457
2-457
2-458
2-458
2-459
2-459
2-460
2-460
2-461
2-461
2-462
2-462
2-463
2-463
2-464
2-464
2-465
2-465
2-466
2-466
2-467
121-xxx EP
121-335
121-336
121-337
121-338
121-339
121-340
121-350
121-370
2-470
2-471
2-471
2-472
2-472
2-473
2-473
2-474
123-xxx Software
123-200
123-201
123-202
123-205
123-206
123-207
123-208
123-310
123-311
123-312
123-313
123-314
123-315
123-316
123-317
123-318
123-319
123-320
123-321
123-322
123-323
123-324
123-325
123-326
123-327
123-328
123-329
123-331
123-332
123-333
123-334
123-335
123-337
123-338
123-339
123-340
123-341
123-342
123-343
123-344
123-345
123-346
2-469
2-469
2-470
Status-indicator-raps
September 2005
2-8
2-475
2-475
2-476
2-476
2-477
2-477
2-478
2-478
2-479
2-479
2-480
2-480
2-481
2-481
2-482
2-482
2-483
2-483
2-484
2-484
2-485
2-485
2-486
2-486
2-487
2-487
2-488
2-488
2-489
2-489
2-490
2-490
2-491
2-491
2-492
2-492
2-493
2-493
2-494
2-494
2-495
2-495
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
123-347
123-348
123-349
123-350
123-351
123-352
123-353
123-354
123-355
123-356
123-357
123-358
123-359
123-360
123-361
123-362
123-363
123-364
123-365
123-366
123-367
123-368
123-369
123-370
123-371
123-372
123-373
123-374
123-375
123-376
123-377
123-378
123-379
123-380
123-381
123-382
123-383
123-384
123-385
123-386
123-387
123-388
123-389
123-390
123-391
123-392
123-393
123-394
123-395
123-396
123-397
123-398
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-496
2-496
2-497
2-497
2-498
2-498
2-499
2-499
2-500
2-500
2-501
2-501
2-502
2-502
2-503
2-503
2-504
2-504
2-505
2-505
2-506
2-506
2-507
2-507
2-508
2-508
2-509
2-509
2-510
2-510
2-511
2-511
2-512
2-512
2-513
2-513
2-514
2-514
2-515
2-515
2-516
2-516
2-517
2-517
2-518
2-518
2-519
2-519
2-520
2-520
2-521
2-521
2-522
2-522
124-xxx ROM/RAM
124-210 All IOT Speed Mismatch RAP ..........................................................................
124-312 DC132 12 RAP.................................................................................................
124-313 DC132 10 RAP.................................................................................................
124-314 DC132 01 RAP.................................................................................................
124-315 DC132 02 RAP.................................................................................................
124-316 DC132 03 RAP.................................................................................................
124-317 DC132 04 RAP.................................................................................................
124-318 DC132 07 RAP.................................................................................................
124-319 DC132 08 RAP.................................................................................................
124-320 SEEPROM Failure RAP..................................................................................
124-321 Backup SRAM Failure RAP .............................................................................
124-322 DC132 05 RAP.................................................................................................
124-323 DC132 06 RAP.................................................................................................
124-325 Billing Restoration Failure RAP........................................................................
124-331 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Not Found RAP..............................................................
124-333 ASIC Failure (Panther) RAP ............................................................................
124-334 Standard Font ROM Error RAP.......................................................................
124-335 Font ROM Not Found RAP ..............................................................................
124-337 ESS Standard RAM Error RAP .......................................................................
124-338 Same Font ROMs Found RAP........................................................................
124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found RAP...................................................
124-340 CRUM Market Failure ALL RAP.......................................................................
124-341 CRUM Market Failure MCU RAP.....................................................................
124-342 CRUM Market Failure SYS 1 RAP...................................................................
124-343 CRUM Market Failure SYS 2 RAP...................................................................
124-350 CRUM OEM Failure ALL RAP .........................................................................
124-351 CRUM OEM Failure MCU RAP........................................................................
124-352 CRUM OEM Failure SYS 1 RAP......................................................................
124-353 CRUM OEM Failure SYS 2 RAP......................................................................
124-360 CRUM validation Failure ALL RAP ..................................................................
124-361 CRUM validation Failure MCU RAP.................................................................
124-362 CRUM validation Failure SYS 1 RAP...............................................................
124-363 CRUM validation Failure SYS 2 RAP...............................................................
124-372 IOT Controller Software Error RAP ..................................................................
124-373 IOT Manager Software Failure RAP ................................................................
124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software Failure RAP ....................................................
124-380 CRUM Market fail ALL(2) ..................................................................................
124-381 CRUM Market fail MCU(2) ................................................................................
124-382 CRUM Market fail SYS1(2) ...............................................................................
124-383 CRUM Market fail SYS2(2) ...............................................................................
124-390 OEM Market fail ALL(2)....................................................................................
124-391 CRU OEM fail MCU(2) ......................................................................................
124-392 CRU OEM fail SYS1(2) ....................................................................................
124-393 CRU OEM fail SYS2(2) .....................................................................................
124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .........................................................................
2-523
2-523
2-524
2-524
2-525
2-525
2-526
2-526
2-527
2-527
2-528
2-528
2-529
2-529
2-530
2-530
2-531
2-531
2-532
2-532
2-533
2-533
2-534
2-534
2-535
2-535
2-536
2-536
2-537
2-537
2-538
2-538
2-539
2-539
2-540
2-540
2-541
2-541
2-542
2-542
2-543
2-543
2-544
2-544
2-545
September 2005
2-9
2-547
Status-indicator-raps
127-337
127-342
127-353
127-396
127-398
127-399
2-547
2-548
2-548
2-549
2-549
2-550
2-551
2-551
2-552
2-552
2-553
2-553
2-554
2-554
2-555
2-555
2-556
2-556
2-557
2-557
2-558
2-558
2-559
2-559
2-560
2-561
2-561
202-xxx Timer
202-399 Timer Internal Failure RAP .............................................................................
2-563
Other Faults
OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP......................................................................
OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP ..........................................................................................
OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP............................................................................................
2-565
2-565
2-567
Status-indicator-raps
September 2005
2-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Ask customer to separate job into smaller parts. Helpful information may be found in User
Guide sections Overwrite Hard Disk or Mailbox.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-11
Status-indicator-raps
002-770
Status-indicator-raps
002-770
September 2005
2-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Initial Actions
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-13
Status-indicator-raps
003-318, 003-319
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The Sequencing No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB Connection Harness.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
003-320, 003-321
Procedure
Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB Connection Harness.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
September 2005
2-14
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The Packet No. of the sent Message
Packet is incorrect.)
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The Message Length of the sent
Message Packet is incorrect.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-15
Status-indicator-raps
003-322, 003-323
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The Message Length of the sent
Message Packet is incorrect.)
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A parity error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
003-324, 003-325
September 2005
2-16
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (Framing error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.)
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (An overrun error was detected by
hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-17
Status-indicator-raps
003-326, 003-327
The ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (After header recognition, receive
interruption was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB.)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequencing
No. of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
003-328, 003-329
September 2005
2-18
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No.
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Message
Length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-19
Status-indicator-raps
003-330, 003-331
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Check Code
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was
detected by hardware of the UART.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
003-332, 003-333
September 2005
2-20
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error
was detected by hardware of the UART.)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error
was detected by hardware of the UART.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-21
Status-indicator-raps
003-334, 003-335
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (After the header
was recognized, it was detected that receiving was aborted.)
After restoring from Power Saver mode, there was no response to the Power On command
sent to the IIT/IPS PWB within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
003-336, 003-337
September 2005
2-22
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The driver detected an incorrect send parameter argument from the application.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-23
Status-indicator-raps
003-338, 003-339
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
003-340, 003-341
September 2005
2-24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The driver detected an incorrect receive parameter argument from the application.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-25
Status-indicator-raps
003-342, 003-343
When X Job Fail was received from the IIT/IPS PWB, a X Hot Line error was detected.
When IIT Image Delivered was received from the IIT/IPS PWB, a X Hot Line error was
detected.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB Connection Harness.
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
003-345, 003-346
Procedure
Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB Connection Harness.
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
September 2005
2-26
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-27
Status-indicator-raps
003-750, 003-751
When scan settings were set to above 300dpi, a mixed size or 2 Sided original was scanned.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
003-753, 003-760
September 2005
2-28
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in APS, the paper size is
different from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.
When Automatic Gradation Correction was executed, the patch for position detection on the
document was not available.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
The paper size in the tray selected by auto tray switching differs from the paper
size in the tray selected at the tray selection. Either change the paper size for
the tray, or change the paper type priority setting.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-29
Status-indicator-raps
003-761, 003-763
The compressed data size is larger than 8 times the size of the uncompressed data.
After auto document detection in Auto Reduce/Enlarge, the Reduce/Enlarge ratio did not fall
within the specified range (25%~400%).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Enter the ratio or change the paper size.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
003-780, 003-795
September 2005
2-30
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-31
Status-indicator-raps
003-942, 003-944
Regardless of whether there is rotation, the input image size does not fit into any of the available sizes.
Paper size that does not support rotation was selected even though part of the image will be cut
off if it is not rotated.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Select a tray with paper that supports rotation and repeat the operation.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
003-945, 003-946
September 2005
2-32
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The no. of documents returned by the user was less than the no. of specified documents.
A document that is different (document size/orientation and Color mode in ACS) from the
document before document return was loaded.
Initial Actions
Check the no. of documents and repeat the operation.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Initial Actions
Check the document and repeat the operation.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-33
Status-indicator-raps
003-947 , 003-948
During Image Overlay, only 1 page was stored (single sheet document).
When Mixed Size Originals was selected in DADF mode, various document size errors occurred.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
003-949, 003-950
September 2005
2-34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/
orientation from the initial document was detected.
With Platen selected, the document size could not be identified. (APS only)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Enter the document size or select a tray with the same paper size as the document.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-35
Status-indicator-raps
003-955, 003-956
With Platen selected, the document size could not be identified. (Other than APS)
There was no APS compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without omitting part of
the image.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Enter the document size or select a tray with the same paper size as the document.
Select a tray that supplies such paper and repeat the operation.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
003-957, 003-963
September 2005
2-36
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-37
Status-indicator-raps
003-965, 003-966
The no. of lines in the Slow Scan Direction exceeds the upper limit during processes such as
Fax parallel synthesis or enlargement of long documents.
The no. of pages stored exceeded the maximum no. set in the system data.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Page Memory.
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Status-indicator-raps
003-970, 003-972
Procedure
Set the no. of pages of the document to be within the maximum no. of pages that can be
stored.
September 2005
2-38
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are different and part of the image will be omitted if it is not rotated.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Decide whether there is another document.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-39
Status-indicator-raps
003-973, 003-974
The no. of lines in the Slow Scan Direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes
such as Fax parallel synthesis or enlargement of long-sized documents.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Reload the document.
Status-indicator-raps
003-976, 003-977
September 2005
2-40
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-41
Status-indicator-raps
003-980 , 003-981
Status-indicator-raps
003-980 , 003-981
September 2005
2-42
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the first-out feed operation started (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode, the DADF
Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-43
Status-indicator-raps
005-121
After the Pre Feed operation started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in
Duplex or Simplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified
time.
After the Pre Feed operation started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On
(CW)) in Duplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified
time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-122
September 2005
2-44
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After pre-registration started (DADF Feed Motor On (CCW)), the Registration Sensor did not
turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Check the wire between /J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between /J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-45
Status-indicator-raps
005-123
After the Pre Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the DADF Registration
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-125
September 2005
2-46
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Registration Sensor turned On during Invert operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn
On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-47
Status-indicator-raps
005-131
After the Read Speed Control operation started (Registration Motor On (CCW)), the Invert
Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-132
September 2005
2-48
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Registration Sensor turned Off on inverting at Invert, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off
within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-49
Status-indicator-raps
005-134
After the Invert operation started (Registration Motor On (CW)) at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
works.
Y
N
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 andJ761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-135
September 2005
2-50
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned On at Invert, the DADF Registration Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761 P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J765 and P/J754 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J765 andJ754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J765 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-51
Status-indicator-raps
005-136
After the Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the Invert Sensor did not
turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
works.
Y
N
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. YN
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-139
September 2005
2-52
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
B
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-53
Status-indicator-raps
005-145
After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off in 1 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
2.
After the DADF Registration Motor turned On in 2 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
works.
Y
N
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
005-146
September 2005
2-54
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
works.
Y
N
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-55
Status-indicator-raps
005-147
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
005-194
September 2005
2-56
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The second and subsequent documents are different size to the first document.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-57
Status-indicator-raps
005-196
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-197
September 2005
2-58
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan Direction.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification.
Y
N
Use a paper size within the specification.
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-59
Status-indicator-raps
005-198
A
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification.
Y
N
Use a paper size within the specification.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-199
September 2005
2-60
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the DADF Nudger Motor turns On, the DADF Nudger Sensor does not turn On.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. [005-280] reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[005-225]. Cover the DADF Nudger Sensor receiver with paper.
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Cover the DADF Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-61
Status-indicator-raps
005-280, 005-283
B
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-218]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J777 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7).
Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-219]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-283, 005-284
September 2005
2-62
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
B
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9).
Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[005-225]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-63
Status-indicator-raps
005-284, 005-285
A
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
During document transport, before the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-285, 005-286
September 2005
2-64
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
B
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly.
Check installation of the DADF Interlock Switch. The DADF Interlock Switch is installed
correctly.
Y
N
Install the DADF Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-212 DADF Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Feeder
Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J753, F1 and F2. P/J753, F1 and F2 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J753, F1 and F2.
Check the wire between J753 and F1 , and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wires between J753 and F1, and between
J753 and F2 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7) between J753-2 and J7531 (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting successfully when the DADF Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when
the contact is opened.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-65
Status-indicator-raps
005-286, 005-302
The system detected that the DADF Interlock was opened while the DADF was running (RUN/
SUSPEND).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly.
Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly.
Check the installation of the Platen Open Switch. The Platen Open Switch is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Platen Open Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[062-300 Platen Open Switch]. Open and close the Platen
Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J727 and P/J722. P/J727 and P/J722 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check installation of the DADF Interlock Switch. The DADF Interlock Switch is installed
correctly.
Y
N
Install the DADF Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-212 DADF Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Feeder
Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J753, F1 and F2. P/J753, F1 and F2 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J753, F1 and F2.
Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wires between J753 and F1, and between
J753 and F2 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7) between J753-2 and J7531 (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting successfully when the DADF Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when
the contact is opened.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7).
Status-indicator-raps
005-304, 005-305
September 2005
2-66
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Platen Open Switch. The Platen Open Switch is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Platen Open Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[062-300 Platen Open Switch]. Open and close the Platen
Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J727 and P/J722. P/J727 and P/J722 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J727 and P/J722.
Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Platen Open Switch (PL 11.4) between J722-A10 and J722A11 (BSD 6.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J722-A10 and J722-A11 is connecting
successfully when the Platen Open Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when
the contact is opened.
Y
N
Replace the Platen Open Switch (PL 11.4).
Execute Component Control[005-205 DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out
Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-67
Status-indicator-raps
005-307, 005-906
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206 DADF Pre Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Pre
Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Execute Component Control[005-110 DADF Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Status-indicator-raps
005-907, 005-908
September 2005
2-68
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211 DADF Invert Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor
(PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Execute Component Control[005-218 DADF APS 1 Sensor]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J777 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-69
Status-indicator-raps
005-913, 005-915
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-219 DADF APS 2 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761.
Execute Component Control[005-220 DADF APS 3 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J779 and P/J785.
Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11).
Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Status-indicator-raps
005-916, 005-917
September 2005
2-70
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Refer to BSD 5.2.
Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-225 DADF Nudger Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-71
Status-indicator-raps
005-942
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
During document feed, the DADF Nudger Solenoid did not turn On.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[005-225 DADF Nudger Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-090 DADF Nudger Motor]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL
15.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.
A
Status-indicator-raps
005-943
September 2005
2-72
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts as expected.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-73
Status-indicator-raps
010-313
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts as expected.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
010-314
September 2005
2-74
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it.
Y
N
Remove the paper.
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.
Execute Component Control[071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If
the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-75
Status-indicator-raps
010-318
The Control (Center) Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
The Rear Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 10.1.
Procedure
NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to
NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0.
Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD
10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k Ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire
between J410 and J600 conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J401 and J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 4).
The wire between J401 and J523 conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If
the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
010-320
September 2005
2-76
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Main Lamp turned On during warm up, the Control Thermistor did not detect
READY temperature within the specified time.
After the Main Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a
specific temperature within the specified time.
After the Sub Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a
specific temperature within the specified time.
After the empty rotation started, the Control Thermistor did not detect the empty rotation
finishing temperature within the specified time.
After the Main Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a
specific temperature within the specified time.
After the Sub Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Voltage Supply
Indoor Temperature
A
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between P600-2 and P600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J6 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1).
The wire between J6 and J600 conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J401 and J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 4).
The wire between J401 and J523 conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
NOTE: When [010-327] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to
NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If
the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it.
Y
N
Remove the paper.
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y
N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Remove the Fuser Unit. Check the conductivity of the contact points of the Thermostat. The
contact points are connected.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Main Lamp between P600-3 and P600-7 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Main Lamp is 100 ohms or lower.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp between P600-1 and P600-7 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Sub Lamp is 100 ohms or lower.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD
10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-77
Status-indicator-raps
010-327
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn on the power.
Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). The Fuser Fan (PL 4.2) is rotating.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J214-13 and J408-2 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.2 Flag 1). The wire between J214-13 and J408-2 conducts with less than a few
ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-3 (+) and CN102-2 (-)
(BSD 10.2 Flag 2). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1).
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The
voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).
Check the wire between J214-14 and J408-1 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.2 Flag 4). The wire between J214-14 and J408-1 conducts with less than a few
ohms.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
010-398
September 2005
2-78
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
P/J8379 and
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 7). The wire between J8379 and J8390 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8380 and P/J8390. P/J8380 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390.
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8379-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8380 and J390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8380 and J390 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 5). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Power OFF.
Open the H-Transport Top Cover.
Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-79
Status-indicator-raps
012-111
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
P/J8379 and
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 7). The wire between J8379 and J8390 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8379-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Procedure
Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8380 and J390 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 5).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Power OFF.
Open the H-Transport Top Cover.
Status-indicator-raps
012-112
September 2005
2-80
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
P/J8379 and
Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 7). The wire between J8379 and J8390 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Exit
Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8381 and P/J8390. P/J8381 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8381 and P/J8390.
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8379-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8381 and J390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8381 and J390 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 3).
Actuate the H-Transport Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Power OFF.
Open the H-Transport Top Cover.
Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-81
Status-indicator-raps
012-121
Initial Actions
P/J8379 and
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8380 and P/J8390. P/J8380 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390.
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8379-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 5). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Power OFF.
Open the H-Transport Top Cover.
Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor.
Status-indicator-raps
012-126
September 2005
2-82
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Check the wire between J8846 and J8800 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.3
Flag 3). The wire between J8846 and J8800 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6) between J8800-1/6 (COM)
and each point of J8800-2/3/4/5 (BSD 12.3 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the Compile
Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8846-5/7/9/11
(+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3
Flag 1). Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-080 Finisher Drive Motor ON]. The Finisher Drive Motor
(PL 16.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8846 and P/J8800. P/J8846 and P/J8800 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8846 and P/J8800.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-83
Status-indicator-raps
012-151
After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Entrance Sensor did not turn On
within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
N
Connect P/J8846 and P/J8800.
Check the wire between J8846 and J8800 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.3
Flag 3). The wire between J8846 and J8800 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the resistance of the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6) between J8800-1/6 (COM)
and each point of J8800-2/3/4/5 (BSD 12.3 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6).
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8846-5/7/9/11
(+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher Drive Motor (PL 16.6). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3
Flag 1).
Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-080 Finisher Drive Motor ON]. The Finisher Drive Motor
(PL 16.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8846 and P/J8800. P/J8846 and P/J8800 are connected correctly.
A
Status-indicator-raps
012-152
September 2005
2-84
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Eject Motor turned On, the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9) did not turn Off within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8846-6 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-151 Compile Paper Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Paper
Sensor (PL 16.9) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8806 and P/J8848. P/J8806 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8806 and P/J8848.
Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8806 and J8848 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 3). Actuate the Compile Paper Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and Component
Control[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]. The Eject Motor (PL 16.7) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8801 and P/J8846. P/J8801 and P/J8846 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846.
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 5). The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
point of J8801-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-85
Status-indicator-raps
012-161
Initial Actions
P/J8379 and
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Exit
Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8381 and P/J8390. P/J8381 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8381 and P/J8390.
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3) between J8379-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8379-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8390-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag 7). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 16.3). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 3). Actuate the H-Transport Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Power OFF.
Open the H-Transport Top Cover.
Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor.
Status-indicator-raps
012-162
September 2005
2-86
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After Stacker Tray started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate Stack Height Sensor with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8850, P/J8825 and P/J8815. P/J8850, P/J8825 and P/
J8815 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8850, P/J8825 and P/J8815.
Check the wire between J8850 and J8815 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8850 and J8815 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 1).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 16.5).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 5). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-87
Status-indicator-raps
012-211
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
B
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 16.12).
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-260 Stacker Upper Limit Sensor]. Actuate the Stacker Upper
Limit Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8850 and P/J8810. P/J8850 and P/J8810 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8850 and P/J8810.
Check the wire between J8850 and J8810 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.9
Flag 2/Flag 2). The wire between J8850 and J8810 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-A12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.9
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-A11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.9
Flag 2).
Actuate the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor (PL 16.10).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
Check the wire between J8847 and J8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 5). The wire between J8847 and J8827 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
012-212
September 2005
2-88
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Check the wire between J8823 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 7). The wire between J8823 and J8848 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8823-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8823-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.4 Flag 7). The
resistance
is
approx.
750Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8807 and P/J8848. P/J8807 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8807 and P/J8848.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B8 (+) and GND (-),
and between P8848-B11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4 Flag 7). The voltage is approx.
+24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8807 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8807 and J8848 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 5).
Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8823 and P/J8848. P/J8823 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8823 and P/J8848.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-89
Status-indicator-raps
012-221
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Check the wire between J8823 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 7). The wire between J8823 and J8848 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8823-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8823-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.4 Flag 7).
The resistance is approx.
750Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8807 and P/J8848. P/J8807 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8807 and P/J8848.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B8 (+) and GND (-),
and between P8848-B11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4 Flag 7). The voltage is approx.
+24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8807 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8807 and J8848 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 5).
Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor (PL 16.9)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8823 and P/J8848. P/J8823 and P/J8848 are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8823 and P/J8848.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
012-223
September 2005
2-90
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Check the wire between J8824 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 8). The wire between J8824 and J8848 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8824-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8824-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.4 Flag 7). The
resistance
is
approx.
750Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8805 and P/J8848. P/J8805 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8805 and P/J8848.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-B2 (+) and GND (-),
and between P8848-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4 Flag 8). The voltage is approx.
+24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8805 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8805 and J8848 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 1).
Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8824 and P/J8848. P/J8824 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8824 and P/J8848.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-91
Status-indicator-raps
012-224
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 5). The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
point of J8801-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject
smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Clamp
mechanism
moves
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8803 and P/J8849. P/J8803 and P/J8849 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8803 and P/J8849.
Check the wire between J8803 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8803 and J8849 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
3). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and Component
Control[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]. The Eject Motor (PL 16.7) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8801 and P/J8846. P/J8801 and P/J8846 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
012-260
September 2005
2-92
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J8824 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 8). The wire between J8824 and J8848 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9) between J8824-2/5 (COM)
and each point of J8824-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.4 Flag 7). The
resistance
is
approx.
750Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9).
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-2 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8848-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4 Flag 8). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8805 and P/J8848. P/J8805 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8805 and P/J8848.
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8805 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8805 and J8848 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 1). Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor (PL 16.9)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8824 and P/J8848. P/J8824 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8824 and P/J8848.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-93
Status-indicator-raps
012-263
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
point of J8801-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject
smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Clamp
B
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 5). The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
mechanism
moves
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8846-6 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8803 and P/J8849. P/J8803 and P/J8849 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8803 and P/J8849.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Check the wire between J8803 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8803 and J8849 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
3).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON] and Component
Control[012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON]. The Eject Motor (PL 16.7) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8801 and P/J8846. P/J8801 and P/J8846 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8801 and P/J8846.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
012-282
September 2005
2-94
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
point of J8801-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject
smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Clamp
B
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 5). The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
mechanism
moves
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8846-6 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Set Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8802 and P/J8849. P/J8802 and P/J8849 are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8802 and P/J8849.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Check the wire between J8802 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8802 and J8849 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
1).
Actuate the Set Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Execute Component Control[012-086 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. The Set Clamp Clutch (PL
16.5) starts operating.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8822 and P/J8848. P/J8822 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8822 and P/J8848.
Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 6). The wire between J8822 and J8848 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-A10 (+) and GND (-).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 16.5). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
September 2005
2-95
Status-indicator-raps
012-283
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 16.7) between J8801-2/5 (COM) and each
point of J8801-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7).
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject
smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Clamp
B
Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 5). The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
mechanism
moves
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8846-6 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Set Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8802 and P/J8849. P/J8802 and P/J8849 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8802 and P/J8849.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Check the wire between J8802 and J8849 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8802 and J8849 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8849-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.7 Flag
1).
Actuate the Set Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 16.7).
Execute Component Control[012-086 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. The Set Clamp Clutch (PL
16.5) starts operating.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8822 and P/J8848. P/J8822 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8822 and P/J8848.
Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.7
Flag 6). The wire between J8822 and J8848 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8848-A10 (+) and GND (-).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 16.5). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 16.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
012-284
September 2005
2-96
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the
Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
Procedure
Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the P/Js on the Finisher PWB. Switch on the
power.
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8819 and P/J8847. P/J8819 and P/J8847 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8819 and P/J8847.
Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6
Flag 1). The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor].
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6
Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-), and between
P8852-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-97
Status-indicator-raps
012-285, 012-291
A
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
After the Stapler started moving to the front corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor did
not turn On within 2sec.
After the Stapler started moving away from the front corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor remained On.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-240 Staple Front Corner Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Front
Corner Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8813 and P/J8850. P/J8813 and P/J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8813 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8813 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-A2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5
Flag 3).
Actuate the Staple Front Corner Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Front Corner Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR ON]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 16.8)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8820 and P/J8847. P/J8820 and P/J8847 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847.
A
Status-indicator-raps
012-291, 012-293
September 2005
2-98
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 5). The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM) and
each point of J8820-1/3, and between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6 (BSD 12.5 Flag 5).
The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).
After the Stapler completed moving away from the front corner, the Staple Front Corner
Sensor did not turn Off.
After the Stapler started moving away from the front corner, the Staple Front Corner Sensor did not turn Off within 200ms.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-240 Staple Front Corner Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Front
Corner Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8813 and P/J8850. P/J8813 and P/J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8813 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8813 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-A2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5
Flag 3).
Actuate the Staple Front Corner Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Front Corner Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR ON]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 16.8)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8820 and P/J8847. P/J8820 and P/J8847 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-99
Status-indicator-raps
012-293, 012-294
B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 5). The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM) and
each point of J8820-1/3, and between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6 (BSD 12.5 Flag 5).
The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Staple Move Sensor
turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn On within 2sec.
After the Stapler completed moving to the Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did
not turn On.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-241 Staple Move Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8817 and P/J8852. P/J8817 and P/J8852 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8817 and P/J8852.
Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8817 and J8852 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag
1).
Actuate the Staple Move Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR ON]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 16.8)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8820 and P/J8847. P/J8820 and P/J8847 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847.
A
Status-indicator-raps
012-294, 012-295
September 2005
2-100
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 5). The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM) and
each point of J8820-1/3, and between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6 (BSD 12.5 Flag 5).
The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Staple Move Sensor
turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms.
After the Staple Position had been fixed, the Staple Move Sensor turned Off.
After the Staple Move Sensor turned On when paper passed through the Dual Staple 1
Position while moving to the Rear Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn
Off within 500ms.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-240 Staple Move Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8817 and P/J8852. P/J8817 and P/J8852 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8817 and P/J8852.
Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8817 and J8852 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5 Flag
1). Actuate the Staple Move Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Sensor (PL 16.8).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-040 Staple Move Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-043 Staple Move Motor REAR ON]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 16.8)
starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8820 and P/J8847. P/J8820 and P/J8847 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8820 and P/J8847.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-101
Status-indicator-raps
012-295, 012-296
B
Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5
Flag 5). The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8) between J8820-2 (COM) and
each point of J8820-1/3, and between J8820-5 (COM) and J8820-4/6 (BSD 12.5 Flag 5).
The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and
between P8847-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Top Cover. The Finisher Top Cover can be opened/
closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Top Cover correctly.
Check the installation of the Top Cover Interlock Switch. The Top Cover Interlock Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Top Cover Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[012-301 Top Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher
Top Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8808 and P/J8851. P/J8808 and P/J8851 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8808 and P/J8851.
Check the wire between J8808 and J8851 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.1
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8808 and J8851 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 16.12) between J8808-3
and J8808-4 (BSD 12.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8808-3 and J8808-4 is connecting successfully when the Top Cover Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is
insulated when the contact is opened.
Y
N
Replace the Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
012-296, 012-301
September 2005
2-102
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be
opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher Front Cover correctly.
Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The Finisher H-Transport Cover
can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Finisher H-Transport Cover correctly.
Check the installation of the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Front Door Interlock Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Front Door Interlock Switch correctly.
Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. The H-Transport Interlock Sensor is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the H-Transport Interlock Sensor correctly.
Execute Component Control[012-302 Front Door Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher
Front Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8809 and P/J8851. P/J8809 and P/J8851 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8809 and P/J8851.
Execute Component Control[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor]. Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8382 and P/J8390. P/J8382 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8382 and P/J8390.
Check the wire between J8809 and J8851 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.1
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8809 and J8851 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J8382 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8382 and J8390 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 16.12) between J8809-3
and J8809-4 (BSD 12.1 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8809-3 and J8809-4 is connecting successfully when the Front Door Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is
insulated when the contact is opened.
Y
N
Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 16.3).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag
1). Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-103
Status-indicator-raps
012-302 , 012-303
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8380 and P/J8390. P/J8380 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390.
Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 5).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Exit
Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8381 and P/J8390. P/J8381 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8381 and P/J8390.
Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 3).
Actuate the H-Transport Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Exit Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Status-indicator-raps
012-901 , 012-902
September 2005
2-104
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler
Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8814, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.3
Flag 1). Actuate the Compiler Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Compiler Entrance Sensor (PL 16.11).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Execute Component Control[012-151 Compile Paper Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Paper
Sensor (PL 16.9) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8806 and P/J8848. P/J8806 and P/J8848 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8806 and P/J8848.
Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.4
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J8806 and J8848 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.4
Flag 3).
Actuate the Compile Paper Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 16.9).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
September 2005
2-105
Status-indicator-raps
012-903, 012-905
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.2.
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8380 and P/J8390. P/J8380 and P/J8390 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8380 and P/J8390.
Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.2
Flag 5). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 16.3).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Status-indicator-raps
012-923
September 2005
2-106
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or HDD not installed.
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient System Memory capacity.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Check or replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Allocate Memory
Memory Settings
Covers
Mailbox Screen
Properties
Properties Features
Data Encryption
September 2005
2-107
Status-indicator-raps
016-210, 016-211
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory capacity.
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD
not installed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:
Procedure
Allocate Memory
Memory Settings
Properties
Properties Features
Mailbox Screen
Data Encryption
Covers
Status-indicator-raps
016-212, 016-213
September 2005
2-108
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1, PL 9.2, and PL 9.3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-109
Status-indicator-raps
016-214, 016-215
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector between the IIT and the IOT.
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Ensure ribbon cable is connected to P/J 320 on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
NOTE: FAX box may be removed for access (PL 9.3).
If the problem persists, check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
016-311 , 016-315
September 2005
2-110
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system detected that the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner was not installed.
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected.
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-111
Status-indicator-raps
016-316, 016-317
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Option) of the scanner.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Allocate Memory
Memory Settings
Properties
Properties Features
Mailbox Screen
Data Encryption
Covers
Status-indicator-raps
016-318, 016-321
September 2005
2-112
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
After an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data, switch the power Off then
On.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Information Checklist
September 2005
2-113
Status-indicator-raps
016-322, 016-450
There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Settings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below.
1.
2.
Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm
on the System Administrator Login screen.
NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is 11111. If the Authentication feature is enabled,
you may be required to enter a password. The default password is x-admin.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options.
Status-indicator-raps
016-454, 016-455
September 2005
2-114
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received
from the SNTP server.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Settings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below.
1.
2.
Information Checklist
Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm
on the System Administrator Login screen.
NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is 11111. If the Authentication feature is enabled,
you may be required to enter a password. The default password is x-admin.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-115
Status-indicator-raps
016-456, 016-503
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Check that the login name and password for the POP Server are correct.
E-mail Environments
E-mail Environments
Test Mail
Test Mail
Status-indicator-raps
016-504, 016-505
September 2005
2-116
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The number of incorrect KO (Key Operator) log in attempts reached the limit.
Procedure
Procedure
NOTE: Default is 5 events. dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-563] can be set between 1 to 10
events.
NOTE: Default is 10 users. dC131 NVM Read/Write [700-564] can be set 1 to 600 users.
With this feature enabled, the machine denies access when an incorrect System Administrator
ID is entered the selected number of times.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-117
Status-indicator-raps
016-600, 016-601
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
As the PLW memory is fixed, decreasing the resolution may reduce the PLW memory.
Requires Print Page buffer memory expansion, a decrease of resolution, or set to Print Guarantee mode (Print Guarantee mode is only for PLW). For PCL, set the PCL Heap Memory/
Band Buffer Ratio to above 1:2.
Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings
Status-indicator-raps
016-701 , 016-702
September 2005
2-118
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system detected an unopened or invalid mailbox and aborted a job when receiving an Email.
When accessing the HDD, the system detected that the mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum number of documents per box) and aborted the job.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Send the E-mail to a valid mailbox destination or set up the appropriate mailbox.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-119
Status-indicator-raps
016-703, 016-704
Registration for Secure Print failed because Security Storage cannot be done without a HDD.
When accessing the HDD, the system detected that the job exceeded the maximum number
for users for Proof Prints and aborted the job.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Secure Print
Status-indicator-raps
016-705, 016-706
September 2005
2-120
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, the Full status was
detected and the job was aborted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-121
Status-indicator-raps
016-707, 016-708
A Delay Print Job was received from the machine that has no HDD installed.
The number of jobs that can be simultaneously received (100 jobs) was exceeded.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Cancel the job and execute the command again.
Status-indicator-raps
016-709, 016-710
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Install the HDD (PL 9.2).
September 2005
2-122
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted
to send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the
Internet.
The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Increase the specified area of the document size.
Procedure
Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend.
Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (eg. A3 to A4).
Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI
Panel (default 2MB recommended).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-123
Status-indicator-raps
016-711, 016-712
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Expand the HDD (PL 9.2) or increase the available capacity of the HDD (PL 9.2).
As the PLW memory is fixed, decreasing the resolution may reduce the PLW memory.
Status-indicator-raps
016-716, 016-718
September 2005
2-124
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-125
Status-indicator-raps
016-719, 016-720
The Auto Tray Switching feature was enabled when Auto Paper Off is selected for all paper
trays on the Paper Type Priority screen.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Inform customer that when Auto Tray Switching feature is enabled, select a paper type other
than Auto Paper Off option on the Paper Type Priority screen.
Staple Position
Status-indicator-raps
016-721, 016-722
September 2005
2-126
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The data contains a tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.
The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the valid number of colors and pixels.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
File Format
File Format
Properties
Properties
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-127
Status-indicator-raps
016-728 , 016-729
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Delete the command not supported by the ART from the data and print again.
Status-indicator-raps
016-730, 016-731
File Format
Properties
September 2005
2-128
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The decomposer detected that the form specified in emulation is not registered.
The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being
updated.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Rerun the job.
Procedure
No action necessary. Rerun the job.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-129
Status-indicator-raps
016-732, 016-735
When accessing a mailbox, Full status was detected and the job was aborted.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Ask the customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.
Procedure
Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide to make available more hard drive space.
Status-indicator-raps
016-746, 016-748
September 2005
2-130
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Syntax error, use of undefined commands, parameter error, broken PDF file or internal error of
the PDF Decomposer was detected on PDF Bridge processing.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Refer customer to User Guide section Change Print Settings.
Procedure
Ask the customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-131
Status-indicator-raps
016-749, 016-751
When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], if the setting for [Standard] is set to [Normal],
change the setting to [High Speed].
Status-indicator-raps
016-752, 016-753
Procedure
Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.
September 2005
2-132
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The PDF Bridge tried to process the PDF file compressed in LZW without the [Contents Bridge
Expansion Kit] installed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Use Acrobat to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-133
Status-indicator-raps
016-754, 016-755
Procedure
Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to enable usage of the machine.
Ask key operator or system or account administrator to set up the account or check the users
password.
Status-indicator-raps
016-756, 016-757
September 2005
2-134
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to add the account rights.
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to raise the page limit.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-135
Status-indicator-raps
016-758, 016-759
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Resend the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to User Guide headings:
PostScript Memory
Memory Settings
Allocate Memory
Status-indicator-raps
016-760, 016-761
September 2005
2-136
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed.
(The decomposer specified in the PJL or the Auto SW is not installed.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Repeat the operation.
Procedure
Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-137
Status-indicator-raps
016-762, 016-764
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Contact the SMTP Server Administrator and ask the administrator to reconsider the Server
capacity limit.
Status-indicator-raps
016-765, 016-766
September 2005
2-138
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
There was an error received from the SMTP Protocol MAIL FROM: command.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Check whether the E-mail address is valid within the domain and check the setting of the Email address of the machine.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-139
Status-indicator-raps
016-767 , 016-768
Or, DSN does not appear in the Supported Command List received from the Server.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Scan Data Repository domain name
has been registered.
Enable the most appropriate ESMTP function in the SMTP Server. Or, send the E-mail with
sent confirmation turned off.
Status-indicator-raps
016-769, 016-771
September 2005
2-140
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When connection fails, the valid flag of the resource IP address is False.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Set the DNS address. Or, set the Scan Data Repository address using IP address.
Check the DHCP environment. Or, set a fixed IP address in the machine.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-141
Status-indicator-raps
016-772, 016-773
HDD Full occurred (partition #1) when the S-Formatted converted JBIG compressed images
into the MH system.
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion processing in S-Formatted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Free up some HDD space and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
016-774, 016-775
September 2005
2-142
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion processing in S-Formatted.
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion processing in S-Formatted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-143
Status-indicator-raps
016-776, 016-777
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatted.
An error occurred due to causes other than HDD access during scanned image conversion
processing in I-Formatted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
016-778, 016-779
September 2005
2-144
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A HDD access error was detected during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Set the Sub-net Mask and Gateway of the main processor correctly.
Replace the HDD (PL 9.2), free up some HDD space and scan.
From the destination server, use ping to check that the machine can be seen.
From a Windows95 or UNIX machine, check that FTP connection to the destination server is
possible.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-145
Status-indicator-raps
016-780, 016-781
Login to the Server was not possible during Scan to Server file transfer.
The specified path cannot be found during Scan to Server file transfer.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
016-782, 016-783
September 2005
2-146
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The Server File System became full during Scan to Server file transfer.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-147
Status-indicator-raps
016-784, 016-785
A temporary file in Scan to Server file transfer cannot be written to the internal HDD.
Server IP address was incorrect due to a Job Template syntax error in Scan to Server file
transfer.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
The HDD may be temporarily full with print jobs. Wait and retry.
Procedure
Check the contents of the attributes (string Repository Name) in the Job Template file.
Status-indicator-raps
016-786, 016-787
September 2005
2-148
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The job was aborted, canceled or timed out by the device or the job was canceled by the client.
During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted
to send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the
internet.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend.
Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (eg. A3 to A4).
Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI
Panel (default 2MB recommended).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-149
Status-indicator-raps
016-788 , 016-789
The system failed to retrieve information regarding the properties of the image file.
When printing the report for the job, the Job Log for the job specified in the Control Panel could
not be retrieved.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Server directory structure and the file access rights.
Procedure
The specified Job Log does not exist. Execute only for jobs with an existing Job Log.
Status-indicator-raps
016-791, 016-792
September 2005
2-150
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A HDD unavailable error was returned when the Decomposer recalled the S-Image Library.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-151
Status-indicator-raps
016-793, 016-798
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
If user intervention does not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant
service.
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
016-799, 016-981
Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
September 2005
2-152
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to data size exceeding the upper limit for Scan to E-mail, data could not be sent.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Decrease the Send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend.
Procedure
Reduce the image using the Send parameter and resend (eg. A3 to A4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Change the upper limit setting for data size in the System Settings screen on the UI Panel
(default 2MB recommended).
Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-153
Status-indicator-raps
016-982, 016-985
Status-indicator-raps
016-982, 016-985
September 2005
2-154
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error occurred in the connection to the EP accessory. The accessory that was supposed to
be installed is not present.
The System Data 850-007 is set to 0 (Off) during connection to conventional countdown EP
related accessories.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connections and P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and check that any accessory
PWBs are installed securely.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-155
Status-indicator-raps
021-360, 021-361
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory and ensure that there are sufficient
fees or card value.
Status-indicator-raps
With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.
Initial Actions
021-732, 021-733
Procedure
Operate the Color Mode Restriction Key SW to enable Color mode. Or, replace the card with
another card that does not reach the upper limit in Color mode.
September 2005
2-156
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When the Used Parts Collection Order was processed, an error was notified by the EP-SV.
When an Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic Request was processed, an error was notified by the EP-SV.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Contact the Service Center.
Procedure
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-157
Status-indicator-raps
021-750, 021-751
The Used Parts Collection Order could not be processed due to a busy line.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Contact the call center.
Procedure
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
Status-indicator-raps
021-770, 021-771
September 2005
2-158
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
With an accessory installed, there was a missing card, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of
card value.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Ask for the connection to be made idle.
Procedure
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory and ensure that there are sufficient
fees or card value.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-159
Status-indicator-raps
021-772 , 021-941
With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.
With an accessory installed, there was a missing card, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of
card value.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Operate the Color Mode Restriction Key SW to enable Color mode. Or, replace the card with
another card that does not reach the upper limit in Color mode.
Status-indicator-raps
021-942 , 021-943
Procedure
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory and ensure that there are sufficient
fees or card value.
September 2005
2-160
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.
With an accessory installed, there was a missing card, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of
card value.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Operate the Color Mode Restriction Key SW to enable Color mode. Or, replace the card with
another card that does not reach the upper limit in Color mode.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory and ensure that there are sufficient
fees or card value.
September 2005
2-161
Status-indicator-raps
021-944, 021-945
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.7.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Operate the Color Mode Restriction Key SW to enable Color mode. Or, replace the card with
another card that does not reach the upper limit in Color mode.
Status-indicator-raps
021-946
September 2005
2-162
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-163
Status-indicator-raps
024-340
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-341
September 2005
2-164
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-165
Status-indicator-raps
024-342
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-343
September 2005
2-166
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-167
Status-indicator-raps
024-345
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-346
September 2005
2-168
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-169
Status-indicator-raps
024-347
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-348
September 2005
2-170
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-171
Status-indicator-raps
024-349
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-350
September 2005
2-172
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-173
Status-indicator-raps
024-351
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-354
September 2005
2-174
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-175
Status-indicator-raps
024-356
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-362
September 2005
2-176
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Move away machines that are noisy.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-177
Status-indicator-raps
024-363
Procedure
NOTE: There is a high probibility that the cause is faulty firmware or data corruption (DIMM or
HDD).
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Perfoorm Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
024-364
September 2005
2-178
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-179
Status-indicator-raps
024-367
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-368
September 2005
2-180
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
The problem occurs only for specific documents.
Y
N
Perform following as required:
1.
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL
9.2) are securely connected.
2.
3.
Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL
9.2).
4.
2.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-181
Status-indicator-raps
024-370
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-371
September 2005
2-182
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-183
Status-indicator-raps
024-372
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
024-373
September 2005
2-184
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-185
Status-indicator-raps
024-375
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following UserGuide heading Paper and Other
Media and Paper Type in heading Setup Menu.
Status-indicator-raps
024-746
September 2005
2-186
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
The center tray will not receive output, and output goes to Finisher.
Y
N
Call for next level of support.
Key operator is available to change settings.
Y
N
NOTE: Service procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL
10.1).
1.
b.
2.
3.
4.
Select Confirm.
NOTE: Display now shows Current Value (Zero )
5.
To enter new value (one), press 1 on the numeric keypad, then Select Save
NOTE: The Current Value now reads 1.
6.
Select Close.
7.
Select Close again. Power off and on if the setting is not active.
NOTE: Customer procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1).
1.
Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Confirm.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Select Save.
9.
Select Close.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-187
Status-indicator-raps
024-747
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y
N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Status-indicator-raps
024-910
September 2005
2-188
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y
N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-189
Status-indicator-raps
024-911
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.Clear away
the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y
N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Status-indicator-raps
024-912
September 2005
2-190
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y
N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-191
Status-indicator-raps
024-913
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 5). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 16.12).
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 16.5).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
024-916
September 2005
2-192
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-193
Status-indicator-raps
024-917
Initial Actions
Open the Face Up Tray.
Procedure
Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector.
Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.
Status-indicator-raps
024-919
September 2005
2-194
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-946] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-195
Status-indicator-raps
024-946
Initial Actions
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-947] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Status-indicator-raps
024-947
September 2005
2-196
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
[For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-948] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-197
Status-indicator-raps
024-948
Initial Actions
Procedure
[For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-949] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Status-indicator-raps
024-949
September 2005
2-198
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1
No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409.
Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag
4/Flag 5). The wire between J101 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag
5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag
4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-199
Status-indicator-raps
024-950
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 2 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 2 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2
No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409.
Check the wire between J103 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag
4/Flag 5). The wire between J103 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag
5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag
4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-951
September 2005
2-200
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of
the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3
No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J102B, P/J661B and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Check the wire between J102B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9
Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
Flag 4 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
voltage
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-201
Status-indicator-raps
024-952
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of
the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4
No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J102A, P/J661A and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549.
Check the wire between J102A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10
Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
7.10 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
7.10 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
voltage
Status-indicator-raps
024-953
September 2005
2-202
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) and the operation of the actuator.
The MPT No Paper Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the MPT No Paper Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-205 MPT No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the MPT No
Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411.
Check the wire between J108 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J108 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 3).
Activate the actuator of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-203
Status-indicator-raps
024-954
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly
and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the MPT Guide.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1).
Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accordingly.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/
J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411.
Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-958
September 2005
2-204
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-959] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (Size Switch Assembly RAP).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-205
Status-indicator-raps
024-959
Initial Actions
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 2 with Tray 1. [024-960] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Status-indicator-raps
024-960
September 2005
2-206
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
[For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-961] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-207
Status-indicator-raps
024-961
Initial Actions
Procedure
[For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 4 with Tray 3. [024-962] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Status-indicator-raps
024-962
September 2005
2-208
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P416A-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.4 Flag 4). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-209
Status-indicator-raps
024-964
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
is not distorted or damaged.
Y
N
Replace the actuator.
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
actuator
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-).
Actuate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Activate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Tray 4: P/J102A, P/J661A, P/J549
For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
024-965
September 2005
2-210
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant Size Sensor is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the relevant Size Sensor correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-211
Status-indicator-raps
024-966
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J416-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.4 Flag 4). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-967
September 2005
2-212
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the
Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6.
Procedure
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8819 and P/J8847. P/J8819 and P/J8847 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8819 and P/J8847.
Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6
Flag 1). The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple
Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6
Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-213
Status-indicator-raps
024-976
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6.
Reload the Staple Cartridge.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-243]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display
changes.
Y
N
Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852.
nected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
P/J8818 and
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6
Flag 3). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6 Flag
3). Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-977
September 2005
2-214
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin
Cartridge. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852.
nected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
P/J8818 and
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6
Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6 Flag
3). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-215
Status-indicator-raps
024-979
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 5). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 16.12).
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 16.5).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
024-980
September 2005
2-216
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On
within the specified time.
After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off
within the specified time.
Initial Actions
B
Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 5). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 16.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 16.12).
Procedure
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8
Flag 2).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 16.5).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 16.10) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-217
Status-indicator-raps
024-982
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification.
Y
N
Use a paper size within the specification.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly
and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the MPT Guide
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1).
Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accordingly.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/
J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411.
Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
024-985
September 2005
2-218
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-219
Status-indicator-raps
024-986
Status-indicator-raps
024-986
September 2005
2-220
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-221
Status-indicator-raps
025-596, 025-597
Status-indicator-raps
025-596, 025-597
September 2005
2-222
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-223
Status-indicator-raps
027-452, 027-500
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check that the login name and password for the POP Server are correct.
Status-indicator-raps
027-501, 027-502
September 2005
2-224
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-225
Status-indicator-raps
027-700, 027-701
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection between the Media Reader and the device. If the problem persists,
replace the Media Reader.
Status-indicator-raps
027-702, 027-703
September 2005
2-226
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The Mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was set to Off.
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Request for the mail to be resent. Or, reconsider the setting of the S/MIME device where
necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-227
Status-indicator-raps
027-710, 027-711
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender certificate was valid, a
signature verification error was detected.
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but tampered mail was detected.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the sender where necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
027-712, 027-713
September 2005
2-228
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender address and the signature
mail address were different, a false sender was detected.
The secret key (certificate) supported by S/MIME encrypted mail is not registered in the device.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check that the certificate of the destination is registered in the certificate store of the device.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-229
Status-indicator-raps
027-714, 027-715
The system detected that prohibited E-mails without signature were received.
Either the specified Server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not
be resolved.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection to the destination Server for the application interface. Set the destination
Server address for the application interface using IP address where necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
027-716, 027-720
September 2005
2-230
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system attempted to connect to the application interface but the host replied that the
application cannot be found.
The system attempted to connect to the application interface but failed due to a time-out.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the host and then repeat the operation.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-231
Status-indicator-raps
027-721 , 027-722
The system attempted to connect to the application interface but authentication failed.
The application interface failed (for all causes other than service could not be found, time-out or
authentication failure).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the host and then repeat the operation.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the host and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
027-723, 027-724
September 2005
2-232
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the destination host of the application interface and then repeat the operation.
Check the destination host of the application interface and then repeat the operation.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-233
Status-indicator-raps
027-725, 027-726
When reading from the Job Template Pool Server, an error was received from the server for one
of the following FTP commands: TYPE A, LIST and RETR.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the destination host of the application interface and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
027-727 , 027-737
Procedure
Check that Read Authorization is established for the storage destination server directory set
as a resource.
September 2005
2-234
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error was received from the Server for the FTP command CWD and the specified path of
the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Set the login name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.
From another PC connected to the network, check that login to the above account is possible.
From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CenterWare.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-235
Status-indicator-raps
027-739, 027-740
While connecting to the Job Template Pool Server using the FTP command LIST, the system
failed in obtaining data connection or list data.
The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work
files.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
The HDD may be filled with scanned images. Wait and retry.
From the destination server, use ping to check that the machine can be seen.
Perform the ping test on the destination server from the PSW.
From a client PC, check that FTP connection to the destination server is possible.
Status-indicator-raps
027-741 , 027-742
September 2005
2-236
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Job Template Pool Server domain
name has been registered in the DNS.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-237
Status-indicator-raps
027-743, 027-744
The port of the protocol specified in Job Template Pool Server settings is not started up.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Set the DNS address. Or, set the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.
Start up the port of the protocol (FTP client or SMB) specified in Job Template Pool Server
settings.
Status-indicator-raps
027-745, 027-746
September 2005
2-238
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
With iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer prohibited, iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX
Transfer instructions were received.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reexamine the contents of the instruction.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-239
Status-indicator-raps
027-750, 027-751
With the required user entry not entered, the instruction to start the job was given.
While the Job Flow Service was invalid, the system attempted to create a job to recall an
external service.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Do not link the entry box to instructions that require user entry.
Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.
Status-indicator-raps
027-752, 027-753
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Enable the Job Flow Service.
September 2005
2-240
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
For received E-mail, as the settings were set to [Do not print header and content], E-mails
without attachments were received.
With E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax dropped, E-mail was received.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.2). if the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
September 2005
2-241
Status-indicator-raps
027-796, 027-797
Status-indicator-raps
027-796, 027-797
September 2005
2-242
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.2). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-243
Status-indicator-raps
033-363, 033-710
The specified page does not exist or the specified page has invalid data.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
033-711, 033-712
September 2005
2-244
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-245
Status-indicator-raps
033-713, 033-714
The job cannot be processed with the host in the current status.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
033-715, 033-716
September 2005
2-246
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
1.
2.
Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Confirm.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
g.
h.
i.
Select Save.
j.
k.
l.
m.
Initialize NVM.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-247
Status-indicator-raps
033-717, 033-718
The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.2). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
033-719, 033-720
September 2005
2-248
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The upper limit for image data in a single transmission was exceeded.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Repeat the operation.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-249
Status-indicator-raps
033-721, 033-724
The HDD was full during Fax Receive, Format or report creation.
2 Sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed-size originals for fax).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-725, 033-726
September 2005
2-250
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing
was given during the operation.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-251
Status-indicator-raps
033-727, 033-728
Recovery was not possible using the Fax Controller or FCB PWB.
When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, a simultaneous request from the user to stop
the job was received.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-730, 033-731
September 2005
2-252
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Stored jobs are deleted in Forced Polling. As there was a print job during Forced Polling, the job
was canceled.
The job document number related to the job could not be obtained.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-253
Status-indicator-raps
033-732, 033-733
Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-734, 033-735
September 2005
2-254
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Fax was not transferred as the data capacity exceeded the threshold value while the Fax
Transfer Prohibition Function, based on the data capacity of the Internet Fax Off Ramp, was
activated.
The Fax Controller detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-255
Status-indicator-raps
033-736, 033-737
The Fax Controller detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-738 , 033-740
September 2005
2-256
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When transferring image data to the FCB PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the
FCB PWB did not match.
When transferring image data to the FCB PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the
FCB PWB did not match.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-257
Status-indicator-raps
033-741, 033-742
When transferring image data to the FCB PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the
FCB PWB did not match.
When transferring image data to the FCB PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the
FCB PWB did not match.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-743, 033-744
September 2005
2-258
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
When transferring image data to the FCB PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the
FCB PWB did not match.
When transferring image data to the FCB PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the
FCB PWB did not match.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-259
Status-indicator-raps
033-745, 033-746
When requesting to start the service from the FCB PWB, the job could not be created due to
causes such as job number overflow.
During Service Sequencing, a message indicating that the operation was not allowed in
Sequencing from the FCB PWB was received.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-747, 033-748
September 2005
2-260
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
During Fax formatting, the enlarged image data is larger than the memory reserved.
During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the FCB PWB, even though the image
data was judged to be free from error, enlargement failed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-261
Status-indicator-raps
033-749, 033-750
The FCB PWB Re-dial Wait Status was set without calculating the number of re-dial attempts.
The number of re-dial attempts was calculated and FCB PWB Re-dial Wait Status was set.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
033-790, 033-791
September 2005
2-262
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-263
Status-indicator-raps
033-792
Status-indicator-raps
033-792
September 2005
2-264
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection between the Mother PWB and the slot.
Check the connection between the Mother PWB and the slot.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-265
Status-indicator-raps
034-211 , 034-212
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
034-500 , 034-501
September 2005
2-266
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system detected Memory Full during the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Free up the memory capacity and then repeat the operation.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-267
Status-indicator-raps
034-504, 034-505
A send error was detected in the Recipients Print Sets function because the remote machine
does not support remote collating and copying.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Check if the password, mailbox number or document for polling is valid.
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
034-506, 034-507
September 2005
2-268
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.
The system stopped the transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal from the
remote machine.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Do not use machine for a short time and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-269
Status-indicator-raps
034-508, 034-509
The system stopped the transmission after receiving the reject command signal from the
remote machine.
The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Leave it alone for some time and then repeat the operation.
Check the circuit condition.
Check the remote machine.
Status-indicator-raps
034-510, 034-511
September 2005
2-270
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system received an illegal command from the remote machine during remote maintenance.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-271
Status-indicator-raps
034-512, 034-513
The system received the remote maintenance request from the remote machine but it does not
support this function.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Check the system data.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Status-indicator-raps
034-514, 034-515
September 2005
2-272
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-273
Status-indicator-raps
034-519, 034-520
There is no line available for manual transmission when manual transmission is disabled.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
034-521, 034-522
September 2005
2-274
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system was unable to accept the service because it was in a prohibited state.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Wait for the prohibited state to clear and then repeat the operation.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-275
Status-indicator-raps
034-523, 034-524
The Chain-Link Number could not be found because it does not exist.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Enter the correct Chain-Link Number and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
Enter a value within the specified range and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
034-525, 034-526
September 2005
2-276
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-277
Status-indicator-raps
034-527, 034-528
When confirming and receiving print jobs, the jobs cannot be printed because the document
size does not match the paper size.
DTMF I/F Time-out was detected because the correct operation did not take place within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
034-529, 034-530
September 2005
2-278
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Code hung-up.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-279
Status-indicator-raps
034-700, 034-701
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
034-702, 034-723
September 2005
2-280
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-281
Status-indicator-raps
034-724, 034-725
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
034-726, 034-727
September 2005
2-282
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-283
Status-indicator-raps
034-728, 034-729
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
034-734, 034-737
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.3). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
September 2005
2-284
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.3). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.3). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-285
Status-indicator-raps
034-743, 034-744
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
034-790, 034-791
September 2005
2-286
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-287
Status-indicator-raps
034-792, 034-793
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
034-794, 034-795
September 2005
2-288
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A job error was detected due to an error in the transmission configuration parameter.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the transmission configuration parameter and then repeat the operation.
Check or replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-289
Status-indicator-raps
034-796 , 034-797
A job error was detected due to an error in the transmission data parameter.
No dial data (Recipient's Telephone Number) was found after Auto Dial was started.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the transmission data parameter and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
034-798, 034-799
September 2005
2-290
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error was detected because the CS was not turned off or the HDLC frame was sent in
Modem Control.
When sending, the DIS signal was not received from the remote machine after transmission
was not established, or the Timer T1 timed out.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-291
Status-indicator-raps
035-700, 035-701
For the NSS/DTC signal sent from the machine, the DCN signal was received from the remote
machine, or transmission was rejected by the Select Receive function on the remote machine.
DCN signal was received from the remote machine when sending in PHASE-B.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
035-702 , 035-703
September 2005
2-292
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Polling could not be done because the remote machine does not support Polling Send function, or the stored document/original was not set.
The NSS signal was sent out three times but there was no response from the remote machine,
or the DCN signal was received.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Check or replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-293
Status-indicator-raps
035-704, 035-705
When sending the NSS signal, fall back could not be done or a fall back error occurred (In
User/Auto Resend Standby).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
035-706, 035-707
September 2005
2-294
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The post command was sent out three times but there was no response from the remote
machine, or the DCN signal was received.
Initial Actions
Resending of post messages exceeded the limit.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-295
Status-indicator-raps
035-708 , 035-709
DCN signal or an invalid command was received from the remote machine when sending in
PHASE-D.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
035-710, 035-711
September 2005
2-296
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
No NSS/DCS response signal was returned from the remote machine after the FTT signal was
sent.
Stored documents/originals for polling was not set on the remote machine.
Initial Actions
Document jam on the remote machine.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
FAX phone line may also carry DSL. This is not supported by the hardware. FAX requires an
analog only phone line.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-297
Status-indicator-raps
035-712, 035-713
Due to incorrect password, no originals for polling, or paper jam on the remote machine, a
DCN signal was returned from the remote machine to the NSC/DTC signal sent from the
machine.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
035-714, 035-715
September 2005
2-298
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-299
Status-indicator-raps
035-716, 035-717
When no data was sent from the remote machine or after receiving more than 1 page manually, the remote machine changed the resolution or the document size and the machine
returned to PHASE-B, but no data was sent from the remote machine.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
035-718, 035-719
September 2005
2-300
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
DCN signal was received from the remote machine when receiving in PHASE-B.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Check the circuit condition.
Check the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-301
Status-indicator-raps
035-720, 035-721
The system could not receive the CD signal within 3mins after the signal from the remote
machine was received.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Status-indicator-raps
035-722, 035-723
September 2005
2-302
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
DCN signal was returned from the remote machine to the FTT signal sent from the machine.
The remote machine does not support the relay broadcast and mailbox functions.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-303
Status-indicator-raps
035-724, 035-725
The system could not receive the TRN signal within 10sec in PHASE-C.
More than 50% of decoding errors were detected when 148mm of G3 image information was
received in PHASE-C.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Status-indicator-raps
035-726, 035-727
September 2005
2-304
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system could not detect a normal line within 1min after it had begun to receive G3 image
information.
The Timer T2 timed out or dropped out when the carrier was broken when receiving the image
information.
The system could not detect the EOL signal within 13sec (default) when receiving.
Initial Actions
The system could not receive the EOL signal within 10sec in PHASE-C.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Check or replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-305
Status-indicator-raps
035-728, 035-729
During training or when sending command in high speed in PHASE-C, an error was detected
because the modem CS was not turned On on RS request or HDLC frame was sent.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
035-730 , 035-731
September 2005
2-306
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-307
Status-indicator-raps
035-732, 035-733
During Polling Receive, there was no stored documents/originals for polling or the polling operation/settings was missed on the remote machine in V.8 Procedure.
During Polling Send, there was no stored documents/originals for polling or the polling operation/settings was missed on the machine in V.8 Procedure.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
035-734, 035-735
September 2005
2-308
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system received the DCN signal from the remote machine, or no response was returned
from the remote machine to the CTC signal sent by the machine.
The system received the DCN signal, or no response was returned from the remote machine to
the EOR sent.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-309
Status-indicator-raps
035-736, 035-737
The system received the DCN signal from the remote machine, or no response was returned
from the remote machine to the RR signal sent by the machine.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Status-indicator-raps
035-738, 035-739
September 2005
2-310
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the EOR signal was sent, sending stopped or the EOR-Q signal was sent from the
machine at ECM sending.
In ECM, the flag timer of PHASE-C was detected to exceed the limit or time-out was detected
between the frames.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-311
Status-indicator-raps
035-740, 035-741
After the EOR signal was sent, the ERR signal was returned in response or the EOR-Q signal
was received at ECM receiving.
The remote machine does not support the SUB receive function.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
035-742, 035-743
September 2005
2-312
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The remote machine does not support the password receive function.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-313
Status-indicator-raps
035-744, 035-745
The system could not detect the DT1 signal before dialing.
Check the call signal of the outside line call conditions (0).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the PBX.
Status-indicator-raps
035-746
September 2005
2-314
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The operation was stopped during dialing by using the Stop button.
The operation was stopped during transmission by using the Stop button.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-315
Status-indicator-raps
035-747, 035-748
After dialing finished, the system could not receive the CED/DIS signal from the remote
machine, causing a transmission error or redialing to exceed the limit. Therefore no response
was returned.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the circuit condition.
Status-indicator-raps
035-749, 035-750
September 2005
2-316
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The operation was stopped during document sending by using the Stop button.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-317
Status-indicator-raps
035-751, 035-752
The accumulated image information exceeded the memory limit. (File Full, Append File Log
Error)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Free up the memory capacity and then repeat the operation.
Status-indicator-raps
035-753 , 035-754
September 2005
2-318
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-319
Status-indicator-raps
035-755, 035-756
The system received a transmission but it did not receive any page.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
035-757, 035-758
September 2005
2-320
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The specified job was not found when transmission was canceled.
Time-out occurred due to COMM file access. Or, the file handler did not return an error code
when an error occurred.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the settings and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
Check or replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-321
Status-indicator-raps
035-759, 035-760
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1, 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check or replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Status-indicator-raps
035-761
September 2005
2-322
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error was detected in the LSI sending. (Send busy timed out)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-323
Status-indicator-raps
036-511, 036-716
When Line C was turned Off, Line I did not turn Off.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
036-717, 036-720
September 2005
2-324
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-325
Status-indicator-raps
036-721 , 036-747
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.3). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
036-748, 036-749
September 2005
2-326
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists, replace the FMO PWB (PL 9.3). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-327
Status-indicator-raps
036-750 , 036-793
When sending with the Recipient Print Sets function, transmission was cut off because the
remote machine does not support multi-copy function.
When sending with the Recipient Print Sets function, the system sent as normal because the
remote machine does not support multi-copy function.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
036-795, 036-796
September 2005
2-328
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation.
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-329
Status-indicator-raps
036-797
Status-indicator-raps
036-797
September 2005
2-330
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The Tray Module PWB NVM failed during the Read/Write operation.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 3 /
BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 3 /
BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the 2TModule PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the 2TM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the problem
persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-331
Status-indicator-raps
041-210, 041-211
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Status-indicator-raps
041-340, 041-362
September 2005
2-332
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The MCU PWB NVM suffered an internal failure during the data write operation.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest
version.
Y
N
Replace the ROM with the latest version.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-333
Status-indicator-raps
041-363, 041-364
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connectors are securely connected between the MCU PWB and Toner CRUM PWB
(BSD 9.1) ( P/J127) . The connectors are securely connected.
Y
N
Ensure the connectors are securely connected.
Turn on the power again. [041-366] reoccurs.
Y
N
Return to Service Call Procedures in Section 1.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
041-366
September 2005
2-334
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Execute Component Control[071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly (PL
1.1) is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) correctly.
Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly (PL
1.1) is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) correctly.
Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag
7). The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J408-9 and J214-6 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag
1). The wire between J408-9 and J214-6 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure.
Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure.
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-335
Status-indicator-raps
042-323, 042-325
Status-indicator-raps
042-323, 042-325
September 2005
2-336
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the OCT1 Motor turned On, the OCT Home Sensor 1 did not turn On within the specified
time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) between J206-1 (COM) and each
point of J206-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) P432-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6
Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Execute Component Control[047-205 OCT Home Sensor 1]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 1
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J432, P/J613 and P/J117. P/J432, P/J613 and P/J117
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J432, P/J613 and P/J117.
Check the wire between J432 and J117 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.6
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J432 and J117 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6 Flag 1).
Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the OCT Home Sensor 1 (PL 6.2).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Alternately execute Component Control[047-001 Offset Motor 1 FORWARD ON] and Component Control[047-005 Offset Motor 1 REVERSE ON]. The Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J432 and P/J206. P/J432 and P/J206 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J432 and P/J206.
Check the wire between J432 and J206 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.6
Flag 3). The wire between J432 and J206 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-337
Status-indicator-raps
047-211
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7
Flag 3). The wire between J433 and P207 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) between J207-1 (COM) and each
point of J207-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4).
Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P433-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[047-206 OCT Home Sensor 2]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 2
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J434, J606, P/J111 and SJ1. P/J434, J606, P/J111 and
SJ1 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J434, J606, P/J111 and SJ1.
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J111 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J111 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P434-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 2 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the OCT Home Sensor 2 (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Alternately execute Component Control[047-003 Offset Motor 2 FORWARD ON] and Component Control[047-004 Offset Motor 2 REVERSE ON]. The Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J433, J606 and P/J207. P/J433, J606 and P/J207 are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J433, J606 and P/J207.
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
047-212
September 2005
2-338
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the DUP Module.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the connection of each DUP Module PWB connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 /
BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-339
Status-indicator-raps
047-213, 047-214
Transmission error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Exit PWB.
A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Finisher.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J421 and J431 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between J421 and J431 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the connection of the Power Unit P/J526. P/J526 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J526.
Procedure
Check the connection of the inlet. The inlet is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the inlet.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J430 and J526 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 4).
The wire between J430 and J526 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P430-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 4). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
047-215, 047-216
September 2005
2-340
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Transmission error occurred between the MCU PWB and the TTM PWB.
Transmission error occurred between the MCU PWB and the 2TM PWB.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTModule PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. [047-218] reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 3 /
BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the 2TM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the problem
persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-341
Status-indicator-raps
047-218
Status-indicator-raps
047-218
September 2005
2-342
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value.
The ROS Motor rotation speed does not reach the specified value within the specified
time after the ROS Motor started rotating.
Initial Actions
The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connections of P/J406 and P/J140. P/J406 and
rectly.
Y
N
Connect P/J406 and P/J140.
Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Install the Xero/Developer Cartridge securely.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.4 Flag 3). The
voltage is +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the connections of P/J406 and P/J140. P/J406 and
rectly.
Y
N
Connect P/J406 and P/J140.
Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 1).
The wire between J406 and J130 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute Component Control[061-001 ROS MOTOR ON]. The ROS Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.4 Flag 2).
The voltage is +24VDC.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2
Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).
Repair the open circuit between J526 and J400.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Install the Xero/Developer Cartridge securely.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-343
Status-indicator-raps
061-315, 061-321
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.4 Flag 3). The
voltage is +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Clear away foreign substances and dust in the rotation mechanism.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[042-003 ROS FAN ON].Check for noise in the rotation of the
ROS Fan (PL 3.1). The ROS Fan (PL 3.1) is rotating.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J407-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J407 and J219 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J407 and J219 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the ROS Fan (PL 3.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
061-321, 061-333
September 2005
2-344
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
There is an open circuit in the cable between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J719 and J320 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.1 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between J719 and J320 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-345
Status-indicator-raps
062-210 , 062-211
Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly.
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J751 and J750, and between J752 and J750 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 3.5 Flag 1). The wires between J751 and J750, and between J752 and
J750 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Platen Angle Sensor. The Platen Angle Sensor is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Platen Angle Sensor correctly.
Execute Component Control[062-301]. Open and close the Platen Cover. The display
changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J725 and P/J722. P/J725 and P/J722 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J725 and P/J722.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the wire between J725 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1 Flag
3/Flag 6). The wire between J725 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag
6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag
5).
Actuate the Platen Angle Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4).
Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
062-277, 062-300
September 2005
2-346
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest
version.
Y
N
Replace the ROM with the latest version.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J719 and J320 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.1 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between J719 and J320 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-347
Status-indicator-raps
062-310 , 062-311
After the Carriage Motor turned On, the IIT Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
Check the Carriage Rail for foreign substances and distortion. Distortion or foreign substances are found in the Carriage Rail.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[062-212 IIT Registration Sensor]. Actuate the IIT Registration
Sensor (PL 11.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J728 and P/J722. P/J728 and P/J722 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J728 and P/J722.
Check the wire between J728 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J728 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag
2).
Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Alternately execute Component Control[062-005 Carriage Motor SCAN ON] and Component
Control[062-006 Carriage Motor RETURN ON]. The Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) starts up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J722 and P/J721. P/J722 and P/J721 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J722 and P/J721.
A
Status-indicator-raps
062-345 , 062-360
September 2005
2-348
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
B
Check the wire between J722 and J721 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag
1). The wire between J722 and J721 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). The resistance between J7215/6 and J721-1/2/3/4 is approx. 1Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P722-B10 (+) and GND (-), and
between P722-B11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB
(PL 11.3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp,
lens, mirror or the white correcting plate is found.
Y
N
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.
Execute Component Control[062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6)
lights up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J723. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J723
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J723.
Check the wire between J702 and J723 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The
wire
between J702 and J723 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P723-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6). If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast
PWB (PL 11.6). if the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J710. P/J700 and
rectly.
Y
N
Connect P/J700 and P/J710.
Replace the CCD PWB (PL 11.4). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-349
Status-indicator-raps
062-360, 062-371
At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it
should when it receives a specified amount of light.
At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it
should when no light is incident on it.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp,
lens, mirror or the white correcting plate is found.
Y
N
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Execute Component Control[062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6)
lights up.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J723. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J723
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J723.
Check the wire between J702 and J723 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag
4). The wire between J702 and J723 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P723-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6). If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast
PWB (PL 11.6). if the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J710. P/J700 and
rectly.
Y
N
Connect P/J700 and P/J710.
Replace the CCD PWB (PL 11.4). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Status-indicator-raps
062-380, 062-386
September 2005
2-350
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [062-389] reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. [062-392] reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-351
Status-indicator-raps
062-389, 062-392
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 6.2.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the CCD PWB (PL 11.4).
Status-indicator-raps
062-393
September 2005
2-352
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
N
Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
If jams occur after servicing components in the Left Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.8), the
Chute Assembly may be out of position (PL 2.8). Verify installation.
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Power OFF/ON
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Procedure
(28CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7
Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
(33CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-353
Status-indicator-raps
071-105
B
Y
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7
Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Check the Wire between P/J133 and P/J409 for open circuit (BSD8.1 Flag 2/Flag 3).
The Wire between P/J133 and P/J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between MCU PWB P409-A15(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 3). The
voltage is aprox. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between MCU PWB P409-A14(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 2). Actuate the Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 2.3) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 2.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
B
Status-indicator-raps
071-105
September 2005
2-354
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/
J409 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
A
Execute Component Control[071-206 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409.
Check the wire between J100 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/
Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-355
Status-indicator-raps
071-210
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [071-211] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Status-indicator-raps
071-211
September 2005
2-356
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
Remove the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
(28CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8
Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
(33CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-357
Status-indicator-raps
072-101
B
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
D
Remove the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8
Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Check the Wire between P/J134 and P/J409 for open circuit (BSD8.1 Flag 4/Flag 5).
The Wire between P/J134 and P/J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between MCU PWB P409-B15(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 5). The
voltage is aprox. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between MCU PWB P409-B14(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 4). Actuate the Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 2.3) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 2.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
C
D
Status-indicator-raps
072-101
September 2005
2-358
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
(28CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
(33CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Y
N
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
A
B
1st Version
Status-indicator-raps
September 2005
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-359
072-105
B
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/
J409 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/
Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 2 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
A
Status-indicator-raps
072-105 , 072-210
September 2005
2-360
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Execute Component Control[071-207 Tray 2 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409.
Check the wire between J102 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J102 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [072-211] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-361
Status-indicator-raps
072-210 , 072-211
Status-indicator-raps
072-210 , 072-211
September 2005
2-362
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
(28CPM Model)
voltage
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/
J841 P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
B
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
voltage
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Feed/Lift
P/J220B,
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
(33CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-363
Status-indicator-raps
073-101
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Measure the voltage between Tray Module PWB P549-30(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 7).
The voltage is aprox. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
voltage
Measure the voltage between Tray Module PWB P549-29(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 6).
Actuate the Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) with paper. The
voltage
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Feed/Lift
P/J220B,
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
12.3/PL 13.6).
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
P/J661B and P/
Check the Wire between P/J103B and P/J549 for open circuit (BSD8.1 Flag 6/Flag 7).
The Wire between P/J103B and P/J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/
J841 P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
N
Check the Connection of P/J103B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J103B,
J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J103B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
voltage
Status-indicator-raps
073-101
September 2005
2-364
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
C
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Initial Actions
If a grinding noise was reported or is heard and accompanies the 073-102 code, there
may be incorrect gear mesh between TTM Takeaway Clutch (PL 13.8) and its drive gear,
located to the right. Loosen the bracket fixing screws and reposition bracket for best gear
mesh without binding.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed
Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-365
Status-indicator-raps
073-101, 073-102
A
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Initial Actions
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in
the paper transport path.
Procedure
(28CPM Model)
No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport
path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A
Status-indicator-raps
073-102, 073-105
September 2005
2-366
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Execute Component Control [071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute Component Control [071-017 Takeaway Motor 242 ON] or [071-018 Takeaway Motor
145 ON]. Takeaway Motor(PL 1.1) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the Connection of P/J422. P/J422 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J422.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL
12.6/PL 13.8).
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport
path.
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-367
Status-indicator-raps
073-105
C
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL
12.6/PL 13.8).
After the 2TM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn
On within the specified time.
After the TTM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not
turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J220B,
P/J661B
and P/J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Tray
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor.
A
Status-indicator-raps
073-105, 073-210
September 2005
2-368
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Execute Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Check the wire between J101B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9
Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-22 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-24 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
Flag 2 / BSD 7.11 Flag 3).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
voltage
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
[For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [073-211] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-369
Status-indicator-raps
073-210, 073-211
Status-indicator-raps
073-210, 073-211
September 2005
2-370
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
(28CPM Model)
voltage
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5 Flag
4/Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5
Flag 4).
Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).
B
Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
voltage
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Feed/Lift
P/J220A,
Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
(33CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-371
Status-indicator-raps
074-101
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Check the Wire between P/J103A and P/J549 for open circuit (BSD8.1 Flag 8/Flag 9).
The Wire between P/J103A and P/J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Measure the voltage between Tray Module PWB P549-15(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 9).
The voltage is aprox. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5 Flag
4/Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5
Flag 4).
Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).
voltage
Measure the voltage between Tray Module PWB P549-14(+)and GND(-)(BSD8.1 Flag 8).
Actuate the Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) with paper. The
voltage
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Feed/Lift
P/J220A,
Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
12.3/PL 13.6).
Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
N
Check the Connection of P/J103A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J103A, P/J661A and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J103A, P/J661A and P/J549.
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
voltage
Status-indicator-raps
074-101
September 2005
2-372
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
C
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-373
Status-indicator-raps
074-101, 074-102
N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On
within the specified time.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/
J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
A
Status-indicator-raps
074-102 , 074-103
voltage
September 2005
2-374
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
B
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
voltage
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
(28CPM Model)
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [073-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-375
Status-indicator-raps
074-103, 074-105
A
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
B
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-017 Takeaway Motor 242 ON] or [071-018 Takeaway Motor
145 ON]. Takeaway Motor(PL 1.1) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the Connection of P/J422. P/J422 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J422.
Measure the voltage between MCU PWB P422-2(+)and GND(-),and P422-5(+)and
GND(-) (BSD8.2 Flag 5). The voltage is aprox. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
074-105
September 2005
2-376
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn
On within the specified time.
After the TTM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not
turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J101A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10
Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Y
N
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J220A,
P/J661A
and P/J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549.
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor.
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y
N
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
A
Execute Component Control [071-209 Tray 4 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J101A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J101A, P/J661A and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J101A, P/J661A and P/J549.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10
Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10
Flag 2 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
voltage
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y
N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-377
Status-indicator-raps
074-210
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
[For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [074-211] occurs.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y
N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Status-indicator-raps
074-211
September 2005
2-378
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the MPT Feed Solenoid turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Execute Component Control [071-012 MPT Feed Solenoid ON]. The MPT Feed Solenoid (PL
7.2) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J205 and P/J411. P/J205 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J205 and P/J411.
Measure the resistance of the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). (Between
P205-1 and P205-2). The resistance is approx. 90Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2).
Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.1 Flag
1). The wire between P205 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-379
Status-indicator-raps
075-135
Status-indicator-raps
075-135
September 2005
2-380
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Measure the resistance of the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) between P215-1 and P215-2
(BSD 8.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 240Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4).
Check the wire between J215 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
3). The wire between J215 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [089-002 Registration Clutch ON]. The Registration Clutch (PL
2.4) can be heard.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J215. P/J215 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J215.
A
B
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-381
Status-indicator-raps
077-101
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
B
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Y
N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Fuser correctly.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit
Gate is free to move.
Y
N
Repair as required.
Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL
6.4 - PL 6.6). Operation is satisfactory.
Y
N
Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.6).
Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
A
B
Status-indicator-raps
077-103
September 2005
2-382
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 10.2.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Fuser correctly.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Y
N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-383
Status-indicator-raps
077-104
Initial Actions
A
Execute Component Control [091-004 DTS ON]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB
P403-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J403-A5 and J500-11 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.4
Flag 1). The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Re place the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS
(PL 9.1). if the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-106
September 2005
2-384
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn On within the specified
time.
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 (COM) and each
point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control [047-024 Exit Gate Solenoid ON]. The Exit Gate Solenoid (PL
6.4) starts up and the gates start switching.
Y
N
Check the wire between J209 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4
Flag 3). The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit
Gate is free to move.
Y
N
Repair as required.
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) between J209-1 and J209-2
(BSD 10.4 Flag 4). The resistance is approx. 160Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
1
Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB
(PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL
6.4 - PL 6.6). Operation is satisfactory.
Y
N
Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.6).
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4
Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
A
1st Version
September 2005
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2-385
Status-indicator-raps
077-109
After the Exit 2 Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4
Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 (COM) and each
point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
077-113 , 077-114
September 2005
2-386
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
A
Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5
Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).
Procedure
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the DUP Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-387
Status-indicator-raps
077-129
In the case where there is non-stop Duplex feed, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within
the specified time after the Duplex Sensor turned On.
Initial Actions
N
Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB
(PL 8.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5
Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the DUP Module correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes.
Status-indicator-raps
077-130
September 2005
2-388
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
After the Exit 2 Motor turned On, the Duplex Sensor does not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N
Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4
Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 (COM) and each
point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Procedure
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the DUP Module correctly.
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y
N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB
(PL 8.1).
Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Y
N
Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5
Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).
Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-389
Status-indicator-raps
077-131
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the settings for the DIP SW on the Tray Module PWB. The specifications are correct.
Y
N
Set the correct specifications.
Check the opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. The Front Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Front Cover.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the installation of the Front Cover Interlock Switch. The Front Cover Interlock Switch
is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Front Cover Interlock Switch correctly.
Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Execute Component Control [071-303 Front Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT
Front Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J121 and P/J405. P/J121 and P/J405 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J121 and P/J405.
Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) between J405-3 and
J405-4 (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting
successfully when the Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is
open.
Y
N
Replace the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
077-211, 077-300
September 2005
2-390
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
D
Check the wire between J526 and J400 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The wire between J526 and J400 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J523 and P/J301. P/J523 and P/J301 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J523 and P/J301.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly. The L/H Cover Assembly can be
opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the L/H Cover Assembly (PL 2.6).
Check the wire between J523 and J301 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
The wire between J523 and J301 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Cover Interlock Switch is
installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the L/H Cover Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H
Cover Assembly. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J120 and P/J405. P/J120 and P/J405 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J120 and P/J405.
Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the ESS PWB P301-3 (+) and GND (-). The
voltage is approx. +3.3VDC.
Y
N
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the conductivity of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) between J405-1 and
J405-2 (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting
successfully when the L/H Cover Assembly is closed, and is insulated when the
cover is open.
Y
N
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J526 and P/J400. P/J526 and P/J400 are connected correctly. P/J526 and P/J400 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J526 and P/J400.
A
B
C
1st Version
September 2005
2-391
Status-indicator-raps
077-301
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 1.4.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The Left Cover of the 2TM or
TTM can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).
Check the installation of the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch. The Tray Module Left
Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-301 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and
close the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J554, FS812 and FS813. P/J554, FS812 and FS813 are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J554, FS812 and FS813.
Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 for an
open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between J554-2 and
FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7)
between FS813 and FS812 (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between FS813 and
FS812 is connecting successfully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and
is insulated when the cover is open.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).
Check opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the DUP Cover.
Check the installation of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). The Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1)
is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-305 Duplex Open Switch]. Open and close the DUP
Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J124 and P/J541. P/J124 and P/J541 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J124 and P/J541.
Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) between J541-4 and J541-5
(BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541-4 and J541-5 is connecting successfully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open.
Y
N
Replace the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
077-305, 077-307
September 2005
2-392
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover. The IOT L/H-H Cover can be opened/
closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the IOT L/H-H Cover.
Check opening/closing of the L/H Lower Cover. The L/H Lower Cover can be opened/
closed.
Y
N
Reinstall the L/H Lower Cover (PL 2.5).
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch. The Exit 2 Interlock Switch is installed
correctly.
Y
N
Install the Exit 2 Interlock Switch correctly.
Check the installation of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-304 Exit 2 Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT L/H-H
Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J434, P/J116, J606 and SJ1. The P/J434, P/J116, J606
and SJ1 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J434, P/J116, J606 and SJ1.
Execute Component Control [071-302 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the L/H
Lower Cover. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J106 and P/J410. P/J106 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J106 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J434 and J116 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J434 and J116 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J106 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J106 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4) between J434-12 and J43413 (BSD 1.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J434-12 and J434-13 is connecting
successfully when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover
is open.
Y
N
Replace the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4).
Check the conductivity of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) between J410-11
and J410-10 (BSD 1.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J410-11 and J410-10 is connecting successfully when the L/H Lower Cover is closed, and is insulated when
the cover is open.
Y
N
Replace the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-393
Status-indicator-raps
077-308, 077-309
The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal within the specified time.
Due to MCU PWB control failure, the Main Motor does not stop when no paper is being fed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest
version.
Y
N
Replace the ROM with the latest version.
Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest
version.
Y
N
Replace the ROM with the latest version.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
077-310, 077-329
September 2005
2-394
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J104.
Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-395
Status-indicator-raps
077-900, 077-901
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes to L.
Y
N
Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
077-902 , 077-904
September 2005
2-396
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/
J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
voltage
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
voltage
September 2005
2-397
Status-indicator-raps
077-905
A
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5 Flag
4/Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5
Flag 4).
Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).
voltage
Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The
changes.
Y
N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
voltage
077-906
September 2005
2-398
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes to L.
Y
N
Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB
(PL 8.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-399
Status-indicator-raps
077-907
Status-indicator-raps
077-907
September 2005
2-400
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Check the entries in the Address Book.
Check the Send destination telephone no. and repeat the operation.
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). Turn on the power again. The
reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the connection of each FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
same
connectors
problem
are
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-401
Status-indicator-raps
081-799
Status-indicator-raps
081-799
September 2005
2-402
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the conductivity of the XERO Interlock Switch (PL 4.2) between J404-1 and J4043 (BSD 1.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J404-1 and J404-3 is connecting successfully when the Xero/Developer Cartridge is installed, and is insulated when the cartridge is removed.
Y
N
Replace the XERO Interlock Switch (PL 4.2).
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J126.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the loop circuit in the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1)
between J610-3 and J610-7 (BSD 9.3 Flag 3). The wire between J610-3 and J610-7 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 1). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.3 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the XERO
CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P404-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.3 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J400 and J526 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The wire between J400 and J526 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-403
Status-indicator-raps
091-401, 091-912
B
Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Power Unit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J126.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 1). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the XERO
CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
091-912 , 091-913
September 2005
2-404
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Transmission error occurred between the XERO CRUM Tag in the Xero/Developer Cartridge
and the CRUM ASIC in the MCU PWB.
Data write error of the XERO CRUM Tag in the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J126.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 1). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the XERO
CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
1st Version
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J126.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 1). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the XERO
CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
September 2005
2-405
Status-indicator-raps
091-914, 091-915
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419. Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J126.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 1). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the XERO
CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
091-916
September 2005
2-406
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 1). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the XERO
CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). if the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J403 and the Xero/Developer Cartridge P/J610.
P/J403 and P/J610 are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J403 and P/J610.
Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.3 Flag 4/
Flag 5). The wire between J403 and P610 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.3 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J126.
Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-407
Status-indicator-raps
092-910
Status-indicator-raps
092-910
September 2005
2-408
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The toner density in the Xero/Developer Cartridge did not rise since the Dispense Motor turned
On.
Toner in the Toner Cartridge is running low. However, it can be still used.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the Xero/Developer Cartridge Seals. The seals have been removed.
Y
N
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge Seals.
Execute Component Control [093-001 Dispense Motor ON]. The Dispense Motor can be
heard.
Y
N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.3 Flag 1).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [093-001 Dispense Motor ON]. Measure
between the MCU PWB J420-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.3 Flag 2). The
approx. 0VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
the
voltage
voltage
is
Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.3 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J420 and J216 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 4.2).
Check the Transport Pipe. The Transport Pipe is not blocked.
Y
N
Clear the blockage.
are
no
foreign
sub-
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.3 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.3 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J420 and J216 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
A
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-409
Status-indicator-raps
093-312, 093-406
A
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the Toner
Cartridge (PL 4.1), the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2). if the problem persists, replace the MCU
PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There
stances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
are
no
foreign
sub-
093-406, 093-912
September 2005
2-410
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Transmission error occurred between the Toner CRUM Tag in the Toner Cartridge and the
CRUM ASIC in the MCU PWB.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There
stances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
are
no
foreign
sub-
Check the installation of the Toner CRUM PWB. The Toner CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the connection of the Toner CRUM PWB P/J127. P/J127 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J127.
Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 3). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the Toner CRUM PWB
(PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-411
Status-indicator-raps
093-912, 093-924
Data write error of the XERO CRUM Tag in the Toner Cartridge.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Toner Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There
stances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Procedure
are
no
foreign
sub-
are
no
foreign
sub-
Check the installation of the Toner CRUM PWB. The Toner CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the installation of the Toner CRUM PWB. The Toner CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the Toner CRUM PWB (PL 4.2) correctly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J419.
Check the connection of the Toner CRUM PWB P/J127. P/J127 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J127.
Check the connection of the Toner CRUM PWB P/J127. P/J127 is connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J127.
Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 3). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1 Flag 3). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the Toner CRUM PWB
(PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the Toner CRUM PWB
(PL 4.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
093-925, 093-926
September 2005
2-412
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the EWS, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Due to a fatal error that occurred in MF UI control processing, subsequent processes cannot be
performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-413
Status-indicator-raps
102-356, 102-380
During transmission between the ESS and the Panel, an initialization error, a message send
error or a retrieve error for receiving data was detected by the ESS.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM (PL 9.2).
Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
102-381, 102-382
September 2005
2-414
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 was checked.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Pull out and insert the ESS PRT-Kit, the Fax board or the ROM DIMM.
If the problem persists, replace the PRT-Kit or the ROM DIMM (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-415
Status-indicator-raps
116-310, 116-312
The encryption key was set up but the HDD itself was not encrypted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Disable encryption.
Status-indicator-raps
116-313, 116-314
September 2005
2-416
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #1.
An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #2.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-417
Status-indicator-raps
116-315, 116-316
An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.
An error was detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the PRT-Kit or the ROM DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, replace the PRT-Kit or the ROM DIMM (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
116-317 , 116-318
September 2005
2-418
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
An error was detected during the ESS PWB NVM Read/Write Check.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-419
Status-indicator-raps
116-321 , 116-323
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
116-324, 116-326
September 2005
2-420
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-421
Status-indicator-raps
116-327, 116-328
Either the HDD Check detected that an error occurred when the power was turned on or the
HDD was not formatted.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Procedure
Execute the HDD Daig. (Hard Disk Diagnostic Program).
Status-indicator-raps
116-329, 116-330
September 2005
2-422
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
After removing the HDD and turning the power On/Off, reinstall the HDD and turn on the power.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-423
Status-indicator-raps
116-331, 116-332
Due to a LocalTalk related system call error, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Status-indicator-raps
116-333, 116-335
September 2005
2-424
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in general SNTP processing, subsequent processes cannot
be performed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Format the HDD.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-425
Status-indicator-raps
116-336, 116-337
Due to a fatal error that occurred in general JBA processing, subsequent processes cannot be
performed.
When the JBA Manager starts up, the system failed in obtaining the partition for the JBA.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Connect the HDD (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
116-338, 116-339
September 2005
2-426
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The DDR DIMM, Entry Buffer and Work Area are insufficient. Errors such as Malloc error occur.
The tasks cannot start up.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Add memory.
Pull out the PostScript option.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Check the version of the ROM DIMM and if necessary, replace it with the correct version of the
ROM DIMM (PL 9.2).
September 2005
2-427
Status-indicator-raps
116-340, 116-341
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the SNMP Agent, subsequent
processes cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Upgrade the software.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). If the
problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
116-342, 116-343
September 2005
2-428
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-429
Status-indicator-raps
116-344 , 116-346
A response such as system function recall error was detected by the Redirector.
An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
116-348, 116-349
September 2005
2-430
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in general AppleTalk processing, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to Ether Talk, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-431
Status-indicator-raps
116-350, 116-351
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to NetWare, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Status-indicator-raps
116-352, 116-353
September 2005
2-432
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the SNMP Agent, subsequent
processes cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Retrieve the Troubleshooting Log (apply the specified method).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-433
Status-indicator-raps
116-354, 116-355
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Retrieve the Troubleshooting Log (apply the specified method).
Status-indicator-raps
116-356, 116-357
September 2005
2-434
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to Salutation, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-435
Status-indicator-raps
116-358, 116-359
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the SMB, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Status-indicator-raps
116-360, 116-361
September 2005
2-436
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-437
Status-indicator-raps
116-362, 116-363
Due to a fatal error that occurred in general SPL processing, subsequent processes cannot be
performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Status-indicator-raps
116-364, 116-365
September 2005
2-438
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in general parallel processing, subsequent processes cannot
be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-439
Status-indicator-raps
116-366, 116-367
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Status-indicator-raps
116-368 , 116-370
September 2005
2-440
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-441
Status-indicator-raps
116-371 , 116-372
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the DDNS, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
116-373 , 116-374
September 2005
2-442
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-443
Status-indicator-raps
116-375 , 116-376
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the MCR, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Status-indicator-raps
116-377, 116-378
September 2005
2-444
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the MCC, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Retrieve the Troubleshooting Log (apply the specified method).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2). Turn
again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
on
the
power
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). If
the problem persists, replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2) .
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-445
Status-indicator-raps
116-379, 116-380
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Clear the ESS NVM. (Perform this only after explaining to the user the purpose of clearing
recipient information.)
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
116-381, 116-382
September 2005
2-446
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the MCC, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
The system detected that the HDD was not installed, even though the system configuration (with
Fax) requires a HDD.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-447
Status-indicator-raps
116-385, 116-388
The system detected that additional RAM was not installed, even though the system
configuration (with HDD etc.) requires the installation of additional RAM.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Follow the LCD display and initialize the NVM.
Status-indicator-raps
116-389, 116-390
September 2005
2-448
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). If
the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). If
the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-449
Status-indicator-raps
116-391, 116-392
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). If
the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
116-393, 116-395
September 2005
2-450
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-451
Status-indicator-raps
116-701, 116-702
There is a problem in the PostScript data and an error occurred in PostScript grammar
interpretation or language interpretation.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Expand the HP-GL Spool size or install the HDD (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
116-703, 116-710
September 2005
2-452
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Overlay is not possible because the drawing size/orientation of the PLW form is different from
the size/orientation of the paper.
PLW form/logo data registration was not possible due to insufficient RAM disk or HDD capacity.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the forms/
logos that are unnecessary.
September 2005
2-453
Status-indicator-raps
116-711 , 116-712
The job output was split into batches due to HDD Full.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Correct or remove the data in the print data that causes the error.
Status-indicator-raps
116-713, 116-714
September 2005
2-454
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PLW form data registration was not possible because of the restriction on the number of forms.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the forms that are
unnecessary.
Or, delete forms that are not required by the print command.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-455
Status-indicator-raps
116-715, 116-718
Registration of user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc.) in ART was not possible
because of insufficient RAM capacity.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Do not start up the ports that are unnecessary. Adjust the various Buffer Memory sizes. Add
additional memory.
Status-indicator-raps
116-720, 116-737
Procedure
Delete registered user defined data. Or, Refer customer to User Guide heading Data Encryption
to check RAM usage
September 2005
2-456
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Form Overlay is not possible because the drawing size/orientation of the form is different from
the size/orientation of the paper.
Form/logo registration was not possible because of insufficient RAM disk or HDD capacity.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the forms/
logos that are unnecessary.
Refer customer to User Guide heading Data Encryption to check RAM usage.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-457
Status-indicator-raps
116-738, 116-739
Form data registration was not possible because of the restriction on the number of forms.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Remove the data that exceeds the limit value from the print data.
After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the forms that are
unnecessary.
Or, delete forms that are not required by the print command.
Status-indicator-raps
116-740 , 116-741
September 2005
2-458
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Logo data registration was not possible because of the restriction on the number of logos.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
After checking the registered logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the logos that are
unnecessary.
Increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the Operation Panel. Or, install the HDD
(PL 9.2).
Or, delete logos that are not required by the print command.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-459
Status-indicator-raps
116-742, 116-743
During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for errors in grammar and values that exceed their
respective limit values.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Use a registered form or register the required form.
Status-indicator-raps
116-745, 116-746
September 2005
2-460
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area results in a negative value.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-461
Status-indicator-raps
116-747, 116-748
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
116-749, 116-771
September 2005
2-462
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-463
Status-indicator-raps
116-772, 116-773
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
116-774, 116-775
September 2005
2-464
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-465
Status-indicator-raps
116-776 , 116-777
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
No action necessary.
No action necessary.
Status-indicator-raps
116-778, 116-780
September 2005
2-466
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin
Cartridge. The display changes.
Y
N
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y
N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852.
nected correctly.
Y
N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
P/J8818 and
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8852-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 16.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 16.12).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 16.12). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-467
Status-indicator-raps
116-790
Status-indicator-raps
116-790
September 2005
2-468
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-469
Status-indicator-raps
121-310, 121-333
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Pull out and insert or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
Pull out and insert or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
121-334, 121-335
September 2005
2-470
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-471
Status-indicator-raps
121-336 , 121-337
Answers other than WAKE UP ANSWER from the EP-SV cannot be received.
With the machine turned on, unit price information was changed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Status-indicator-raps
121-338 , 121-339
September 2005
2-472
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The combination of accessories that are installed does not match the specifications.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Pull out and insert or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
Pull out and insert or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-473
Status-indicator-raps
121-340, 121-350
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Status-indicator-raps
121-370
September 2005
2-474
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The data received from the Controller exceeded the buffer amount of the storage destination in
the Panel.
The data to be sent from the Panel exceeded the buffer amount of the storage destination in the
Panel.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-475
Status-indicator-raps
123-200 , 123-201
An event occurred that exceeds the processing capability for requests arising in the Panel.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-202, 123-205
September 2005
2-476
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A header status error of the RX packet or a message status error of the RX packet occurred.
The mailbox value of the cm_send_msg statement is incorrect or the target is not SYS when
receiving from the SIO.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the Control Panel board.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the Control Panel board.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-477
Status-indicator-raps
123-206, 123-207
The upper limit of the processing capability for sending data from the Panel to the Controller was
exceeded.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Replace the Control Panel board.
Status-indicator-raps
123-208, 123-310
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.
September 2005
2-478
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in
the Panel.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-479
Status-indicator-raps
123-311, 123-312
The response message from the Controller was not sent within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-313 , 123-314
September 2005
2-480
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The upper limit of the processing capability for sending data from the Panel to the Controller was
exceeded.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-481
Status-indicator-raps
123-315, 123-316
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in
the Panel.
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in
the Panel.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-317, 123-318
September 2005
2-482
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-483
Status-indicator-raps
123-319, 123-320
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-321 , 123-322
September 2005
2-484
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-485
Status-indicator-raps
123-323, 123-324
The specified object could not be created due to Panel-SW failure and a setting or specification
error during gm_create.
The Panel-SW failed and the memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.
Status-indicator-raps
123-325, 123-326
September 2005
2-486
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The Panel-SW failed and the memory in the GUAM for buttons (synchronous display) exceeded
the upper limit.
Panel-SW failure and a coordinate value outside the range of the display screen (WxH =
640x240) was detected.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-487
Status-indicator-raps
123-327, 123-328
Panel-SW failure and a coordinate value that cannot be displayed was detected (X=4 times no.
position).
The Panel-SW failed and an illegal request to light up a LED was received.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
123-329, 123-331
September 2005
2-488
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
The system detected that transmission with the Control Panel could not be established.
The H/W connection in the Panel is faulty and the internal connection could not be correctly
detected.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the Control Panel board.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-489
Status-indicator-raps
123-332, 123-333
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the Control Panel board.
Status-indicator-raps
123-334, 123-335
September 2005
2-490
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The Panel-SW failed and an incorrect Data Type value detected by the Frame ID was detected.
The Panel-SW failed and an offset address that is out of range was extracted from the Frame ID.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-491
Status-indicator-raps
123-337 , 123-338
The Panel-SW failed and the system detected that an incorrect code was entered.
The Panel-SW failed and an incorrect parameter was received by the GUAM-DM I/F.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-339, 123-340
September 2005
2-492
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-493
Status-indicator-raps
123-341, 123-342
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-343, 123-344
September 2005
2-494
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-495
Status-indicator-raps
123-345, 123-346
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-347 , 123-348
September 2005
2-496
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-497
Status-indicator-raps
123-349 , 123-350
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-351, 123-352
September 2005
2-498
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-499
Status-indicator-raps
123-353, 123-354
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-355, 123-356
September 2005
2-500
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-501
Status-indicator-raps
123-357, 123-358
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-359, 123-360
September 2005
2-502
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-503
Status-indicator-raps
123-361, 123-362
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-363 , 123-364
September 2005
2-504
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-505
Status-indicator-raps
123-365 , 123-366
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-367, 123-368
September 2005
2-506
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-507
Status-indicator-raps
123-369, 123-370
The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-371 , 123-372
September 2005
2-508
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-509
Status-indicator-raps
123-373, 123-374
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-375, 123-376
September 2005
2-510
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-511
Status-indicator-raps
123-377 , 123-378
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-379, 123-380
September 2005
2-512
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-513
Status-indicator-raps
123-381, 123-382
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-383, 123-384
September 2005
2-514
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-515
Status-indicator-raps
123-385, 123-386
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-387, 123-388
September 2005
2-516
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-517
Status-indicator-raps
123-389, 123-390
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-391, 123-392
September 2005
2-518
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-519
Status-indicator-raps
123-393, 123-394
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
123-395, 123-396
September 2005
2-520
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-521
Status-indicator-raps
123-397, 123-398
There was insufficient memory capacity, an internal error or invalid IF Sequencing (or
parameter) was entered into the Converter.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
As there may be a contradiction in the System Data, initialize the System Data.
Status-indicator-raps
123-399, 123-400
September 2005
2-522
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
There was an error in the 3 IOT speed setting values stored in the machine.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Turn the power Off/On.If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 product codes. The 3 product codes match.
Y
N
Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Make the 3 product codes match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-523
Status-indicator-raps
124-210, 124-312
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 serial nos. The 3 serial nos. match.
Y
N
Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Make the 3 serial nos. match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-313, 124-314
September 2005
2-524
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-525
Status-indicator-raps
124-315, 124-316
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-317, 124-318
September 2005
2-526
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-527
Status-indicator-raps
124-319, 124-320
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector.
The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-321, 124-322
September 2005
2-528
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 serial nos. The 3 serial nos. match.
Y
N
If the values do not match, replace the PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or ESS PWB (PL 9.2)).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-529
Status-indicator-raps
124-323, 124-325
The system detected that the ESS ROM DIMM #1 was not installed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the PRT-Kit or the ROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The same problem
reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-331, 124-333
September 2005
2-530
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If it is not resolved by turning the power Off/On, pull out and insert or replace the PRT-Kit.
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2). Turn on the power
again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2)
.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-531
Status-indicator-raps
124-334, 124-335
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the PRT-Kit or the ROM DIMM #3 (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-337, 124-338
September 2005
2-532
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The system detected that the ROM DIMM for another model was installed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check that the prescribed ROM DIMM (PL 9.2) was installed.
Reinstall or replace the PRT-Kit.
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-533
Status-indicator-raps
124-339 , 124-340
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).
In DC132, repair the problem by master MCU. If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-341, 124-342
September 2005
2-534
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-535
Status-indicator-raps
124-343, 124-350
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).
In DC132, repair the problem by master MCU. If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-351, 124-352
September 2005
2-536
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-537
Status-indicator-raps
124-353, 124-360
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).
In DC132, repair the problem by master MCU. If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-361, 124-362
September 2005
2-538
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to an error in the software of the IOT Controller, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Power OFF/ON
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-539
Status-indicator-raps
124-363, 124-372
Due to an error in the software of the IOT Manager, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Due to an error in the software of the IOT IM Device Driver, subsequent processes cannot be
performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
124-373, 124-374
September 2005
2-540
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD16.1.
Refer to BSD16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
connectors
are
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
connectors
are
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the Problem persists, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the MCU PWB(PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-541
Status-indicator-raps
124-380, 124-381
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD16.1.
Refer to BSD16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
connectors
are
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
connectors
are
In DC132, repair the problem by master MCU. If the Problem persists, replace the ESS
PWB(PL 9.2).
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the Problem persists, replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-382, 124-383
September 2005
2-542
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD16.1.
Refer to BSD16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
connectors
are
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
connectors
are
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the Problem persists, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 9.1).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-543
Status-indicator-raps
124-390, 124-391
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD16.1.
Refer to BSD16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON.
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure
connectors
are
Check the connection of each ESS PWB and MCU PWB connector. The
connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
connectors
are
In DC132, repair the problem by master MCU. If the Problem persists, replace the ESS
PWB(PL 9.2).
In DC132, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the Problem persists, replace the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB(PL 9.2)
If the software does not support DC132, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Status-indicator-raps
124-392, 124-393
September 2005
2-544
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
No action necessary.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-545
Status-indicator-raps
124-701
Status-indicator-raps
124-701
September 2005
2-546
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
There was a file access failure during polling for internal use or an error occurred when writing
to the Job Template local HDD.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Format the HDD.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-547
Status-indicator-raps
127-310, 127-337
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the LPD, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
127-342, 127-353
September 2005
2-548
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the Mail I/O, subsequent processes
cannot be performed.
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the IPP, subsequent processes cannot
be performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Retrieve the Troubleshooting Log (apply the method for open access information for differentiated shared activities).
Retrieve the Troubleshooting Log (apply the method for open access information for differentiated shared activities).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-549
Status-indicator-raps
127-396, 127-398
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power Off/On and the same error continuously
reoccurs using CE Log, carry out the following procedure:
Upgrade to the latest version of ESS Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Retrieve the Troubleshooting Log (apply the method for open access information for differentiated shared activities).
Status-indicator-raps
127-399
September 2005
2-550
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-551
Status-indicator-raps
133-210 , 133-211
The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as corrupted data.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Status-indicator-raps
133-212, 133-213
September 2005
2-552
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace one of the following: Fax board, USB cable or FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Replace one of the following: Fax board, USB cable or FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-553
Status-indicator-raps
133-214, 133-215
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
Replace one of the following: Fax board, USB cable or FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Status-indicator-raps
133-216, 133-217
September 2005
2-554
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Due to insufficient memory, the system could not reserve memory required for processing.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-555
Status-indicator-raps
133-218 , 133-219
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Status-indicator-raps
133-220, 133-221
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
September 2005
2-556
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The FCB PWB did not respond within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-557
Status-indicator-raps
133-222 , 133-223
After rewriting the Address Book in Easy Admin, a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel
before reboot.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Install a compatible version of the Controller or FCB PWB software.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Rewrite the Address Book in Easy Admin.
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The
connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Status-indicator-raps
133-224, 133-225
September 2005
2-558
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
A message not specified in I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). Turn on the power again. The
reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Procedure
same
problem
Pull out and insert the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). Turn on the power again. The
reoccurs.
Y
N
End
same
problem
Check the connection of each FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-559
Status-indicator-raps
133-280, 133-281
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 16.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Repeat the FCB PWB download. Or, replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Status-indicator-raps
133-282
September 2005
2-560
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The parameter value was incorrect or the required parameter was not sent.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FCB PWB (PL 9.3). Turn on the power again. The same problem
reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Procedure
Check or replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
Check the connection of each FCB PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The same problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the FCB PWB (PL 9.3).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-561
Status-indicator-raps
134-210, 134-211
Status-indicator-raps
134-210, 134-211
September 2005
2-562
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 17.1.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-563
Status-indicator-raps
202-399
Status-indicator-raps
202-399
September 2005
2-564
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Manually activate the switches of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant switches move
smoothly.
Y
N
Replace the relevant Size Sensor.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y
N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y
N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y
N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the relevant Paper Size Switch. The relevant Paper
Switch is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the relevant Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1/PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Execute the following Diag.: Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor.
Tray 1: Component Control [071-210 Tray 1 Size Switch-SW5]
Tray 2: Component Control [071-211 Tray 2 Size Switch-SW5]
Tray 3: Component Control [071-212 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW5]
Tray 4: Component Control [071-200 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW5]
The display changes.
Y
N
Check the connections of the following connectors:
Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412
Size
September 2005
2-565
Status-indicator-raps
OF 1, OF 2
The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB:
approx. +3.3VDC).
Y
N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL
13.8)).
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB:
approx. +3.3VDC).
Y
N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).
Activate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence. The voltage changes.
Y
N
Replace the relevant Size Sensor.
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).
OF 2
September 2005
2-566
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
2-567
Status-indicator-raps
OF 3
Status-indicator-raps
OF 3
September 2005
2-568
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP...................................................................................
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP ....................................................................................
IQ3 Low Image Density RAP...........................................................................................
IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................
IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP ..............................................................................
IQ6 Background RAP ......................................................................................................
IQ7 Deletion RAP ............................................................................................................
IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP ........................................................................................
IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ...............................................
IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ...........................................................................
IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP..............................................
IQ12 Mottle RAP .............................................................................................................
IQ13 Spots RAP ..............................................................................................................
IQ14 Black Prints RAP ....................................................................................................
IQ15 Blank Image RAP ...................................................................................................
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-10
3-10
Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames .............
Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density ........
Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals ...............................
CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks ...........................................................
Defects Related To Scan Print ........................................................................................
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals......................................
Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background ......................
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-33
3-34
3-34
3-11
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
Defect Samples
Image Defect Samples ....................................................................................................
Auger Mark......................................................................................................................
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) ........................................................................
White Streaks (Process Direction) ..................................................................................
Black Bands ....................................................................................................................
Toner Contamination.......................................................................................................
Toner Splattering.............................................................................................................
White Spots (Irregular) ....................................................................................................
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) .....................................................................
Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) .................................
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) ..........
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) ..........................................
Transparency Blocking....................................................................................................
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original ...............................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-27
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-29
3-30
September 2005
3-1
Image Quality
Image Quality
September 2005
3-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Determine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in
Copy Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Procedure
Procedure
Symptoms
Overall low density of images.
IQ3RAP
Problem
IQ4 RAP
Background
Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP
The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.
Process Direction
Bands, Streaks and
Smears
Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc- IQ9 RAP
tion of the paper orientation.
Repeating Bands,
Streaks, Spots and
Smears
Wrinkled Image
Residual Image
(Ghosting)
Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous IQ5 RAP
page or current page appear as ghost images on the
paper.
Background
Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP
The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.
Deletion
Skew/Misregistration
Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAP
Process Direction
Bands, Streaks and
Smears
Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc- IQ9 RAP
tion of the paper orientation.
Unfused Copy/Toner
Offset
IQ10 RAP
Repeating Bands,
Streaks, Spots and
Smears
IQ11 RAP
IQ7 RAP
Mottle
IQ12 RAP
Spots
IQ13 RAP
Black Prints
IQ14 RAP
Blank Image
IQ15 RAP
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 1
RAP
Symptoms
RAP
IQ3 RAP
IQ11 RAP
Spots
IQ13 RAP
Black Prints
IQ14 RAP
September 2005
3-3
Image Quality
IQ1, IQ2
Procedure
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass.
Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point
is clean and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem
reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign
substances or distortions in the paper delivery path.
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is
heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.
There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Image Quality
IQ3, IQ4
September 2005
3-4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as
ghost images on the paper.
Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely
bright gray stains.
Procedure
Procedure
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
of the Heat Roll is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.1).
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-5
Image Quality
IQ5, IQ6
Procedure
Procedure
Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable horizontal surface.
Y
N
Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed.
Y
N
Install the Paper Cassette correctly.
probCheck for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery
path.
Y
N
Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part.
Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the
BTR.
Y
N
Replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Image Quality
IQ7, IQ8
September 2005
3-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
N
Clean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the
mirrors.
Y
N
Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the No.1/No.2/No.3 Mirror (PL 11.6).
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y
N
Clean the paper delivery path.
Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
of the Heat Roll is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.
Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there
are no scratches.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-7
Image Quality
IQ9
Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when
rubbed.
Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There
are
no foreign substances or distortion of the parts.
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft
or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range.
Y
N
Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set.
Y
N
Set a normal fusing temperature.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
prob-
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are
approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll).
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Image Quality
IQ10, IQ11
September 2005
3-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
probCheck the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y
N
Clean the paper delivery path.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
of the Heat Roll is clean.
Y
N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.
Y
N
Use paper within specifications.
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-9
Image Quality
IQ12, IQ13
Procedure
Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There
are
no foreign substances or distortion of the parts.
Y
N
Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft
or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Check the connections of P/J500 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire
between J500-4 and J403-A12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 for an open circuit or a
short circuit. The wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the HVPS. If the problem persists, replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point
is clean and there is no distortion.
Y
N
Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The
lem reoccurs.
Y
N
End
prob-
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is
heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.
There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Y
N
Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly.
Y
N
Connect the connectors.
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
Y
N
Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y
N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J140 and J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The
wire
between J140 and J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y
N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Image Quality
IQ14, IQ15
September 2005
3-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-11
Image Quality
Image Quality
September 2005
3-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
Procedure
Using Side A of the Standard Test Pattern (Figure 1), evaluate the solid area density per the
following table.
Normal
Specification
Input
Output
Density Density
The 1.0 solid area density nearest the center of the 1.0
copy should be the 1.0 solid area density block on
the Output Reference Guide.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.0
September 2005
3-13
Image Quality
Procedure
Procedure
In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness control set at the middle of the scale,
the 0.20G(Or0.20B) line pair must be copied completely.
The center 10 mm reference line on the copy must be 10 mm (plus or minus the ranges listed
in the following charts) from the lead edge of a 100% copy (Figure 1).
In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness control set two level lighter from at the
middle of the scale, the 0.10 line pair should not copy at all (Figure 1).
Image Quality
Configuration
Range
Platen(Simplex)
+/-1.6mm
Platen(Duplex)
+/-2.0mm
Platen(MPT)
+/-2.2mm
September 2005
3-14
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Configuration
Range
Procedure
DADF(Simplex)
+/-2.2mm
DADF(Duplex)
+/-3.0mm
For a copy that is folded in half, the crease in the copy should be within the following ranges
from the center line of a 100% copy (Figure 1).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Configuration
Range
Platen(Simplex)
+/-2.1mm
Platen(Duplex)
+/-2.5mm
Platen(MPT)
+/-3.0mm
September 2005
3-15
Image Quality
Configuration
Range
Procedure
DADF(Simplex)
+/-2.9mm
DADF(Duplex)
+/-3.2mm
Skew must be within the following ranges (with respect to each other) at the two 10 mm reference lines shown (Figure 1).
Figure 1 1 Skew(j0st3209)
Table 1 Specification of Skew
Image Quality
Configuration
Range
Platen(Simplex)
+/-1.42
Platen(Duplex)
+/-1.87
Platen(MPT)
+/-1.78
September 2005
3-16
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Configuration
Range
Procedure
DADF(Simplex)
+/-2.04
DADF(Duplex)
+/-2.40
The image deleted intentionally along the lead edge must be 2.0 mm from the lead edge of the
copy (Figure 1).(maximum is 4mm)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-17
Image Quality
Procedure
Procedure
The image deleted intentionally along the trail edge must be 2mm from the trail edge of the
copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)
The image deleted intentionally along both of side edge must be 2mm from the side edge of
the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)
Image Quality
September 2005
3-18
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Figure 1 Resolution(j0st3213)
Table 1 Resolution Specifications
Magnification(%)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Resolution LP/mm
70
2.5
100
4.3
141
3.5
200
3.5
September 2005
3-19
Image Quality
Image Quality
Ladder LP/mm
70
1.8
100
2.5
141
2.5
200
2.5
September 2005
3-20
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Measurement
65
130+/-2mm
101
202+/-2mm
154
154+/-2mm
Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B for the
magnification in the lead edge to trail edge direction; and areas C and D for magnification in
the front to rear direction. For 154% use areas A and E for magnification in the lead edge to
trail edge direction; and areas C and F for magnification in the front to rear direction.(Figure 1)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-21
Image Quality
Image Quality
September 2005
3-22
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Auger Mark
IOT
The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes.
Auger Mark
Black Bands
Toner Contamination
Toner Splattering
Transparency Blocking
IIT
The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes.
Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals
Cause
1.
2.
Corrective Action
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-23
Image Quality
Auger Mark
Cause
Cause
1.
1.
Corrective Action
2.
Developer material clogging on the Developer Magnetic Roll due to foreign substances.
1.
Corrective Action
Image Quality
1.
Clean the light path between the ROS and the Xero/Developer Cartridge and the seal
glass.
2.
September 2005
3-24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Black Bands
Toner Contamination
Cause
Cause
1.
1.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
1.
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-25
Image Quality
Toner Splattering
Cause
Cause
1.
Paper size mismatch occurred (tray settings and paper size are different).
1.
2.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
1.
2.
Image Quality
1.
September 2005
3-26
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Cause
1.
Figure 1 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3225)
Corrective Action
Cause
1.
1.
2.
28mm pitch -> Developer Roll: Developer material fixed on the Developer Roll
3.
4.
Corrective Action
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
2.
September 2005
3-27
Image Quality
Corrective Action
1.
2.
Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)
Defect Sample (j0st3226)
Cause
1.
2.
28mm pitch -> Magnetic Roll: Developer material fixed on the Magnetic Roll
3.
4.
5.
6.
Image Quality
September 2005
3-28
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Transparency Blocking
Cause
Cause
1.
1.
Corrective Action
2.
59mm pitch -> BRT Roll: Dirt, scratches or paper size mismatch
1.
3.
Corrective Action
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-29
Image Quality
When copying, interference with the original may cause moire. Combinations of certain angles
of screen ruling near 150lpi and Reduce/Enlarge ratio may cause moire. Precautions should
be taken during enlargement.
When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with dark frames along the Lead Registration
Edge, the suppression value is set so large such that areas of medium density appear
extremely light.
Corrective Action
Reduce sharpness.
Figure 1 Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames
Defect Sample (j0st3229)
Cause
Auto Exposure performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the
Lead Registration Edge. As there were dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Auto
Exposure could not detect the original background density. Therefore, Auto Exposure was performed based on the density of the frames.
Image Quality
September 2005
3-30
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Corrective Action
Cause
As medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for background detection, the Auto
Exposure value fluctuates according to the result of background detection that varies according to the variations in the density of the original and how the original is placed.
Corrective Action
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-31
Image Quality
Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo
Originals
In Text mode, making copies of images of 100 lpi (halftone dot) gradation may result in a tone
jump.
Change the setting from [More Text] to [Text], and then to [Photo] and [More Photo].
Secondary defect: Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text] settings. Text becomes blurred in [More Photo] and [Photo] settings.
Figure 1 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals Defect Sample (j0st3230)
Cause
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is
performed for lower lpi.
Corrective Action
Image Quality
September 2005
3-32
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Streaks may occur in the CVT, even if they do not occur in the Platen.
Cause
Cause
Even though CVT streak detection is performed for both color and B/W scans, there may be
cases where foreign substances on the CVT Glass could not be detected and removed.
Interference with the printer screen and printer driver resolution conversion processing by the
original causes moire.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
Reduce sharpness.
Secondary defect: Text is blurred.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
3-33
Image Quality
During Fax Scan and B/W Scan mode, moire occurs in Text mode halftone dot images. Or,
moire is especially obvious in Text mode (Fine) 133 lpi halftone dot images.
Black discoloration occurs around white texts with a certain background density, causing difficulties in reading the text.
Cause
Cause
Corrective Action
Due to separation error in text graphic separation, parts determined as text are darkened and
are output as graphics that look like dark smears.
Change from Text mode to Text & Photo mode or Photo mode.
However, as the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode, the machine takes a
longer time for transmission.
Occurrences and severity of the occurrences vary according to the combinations of Send/
Receive type, Send route and Receive settings.
Corrective Action
Perform sending and document storage according to the capabilities of the receiver.
It is possible to suppress resolution conversion during Send/Receive by preventing a mismatch in Send image quality (resolution).
Image Quality
September 2005
3-34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1. Drives
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly ....................................................................................
REP 1.1.2 Takeaway Motor Assembly...........................................................................
4-3
4-6
2. Paper Transportation
REP 2.1.1
REP 2.1.2
REP 2.3.1
REP 2.4.1
REP 2.5.1
REP 2.6.1
REP 2.6.2
4-9
4-11
4-13
4-14
4-16
4-19
4-20
4-21
3. ROS
4. Xerographics/Development
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge .............................................................................
REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge.............................................................................................
REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor.............................................................................................
4-25
4-26
4-27
5. Fuser
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit .....................................................................................................
4-31
6. Exit
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 ................................................................................................
4-33
7. MPT
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly..............................................................................................
REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad...........................................................................
4-35
4-37
9. Electrical Components
REP 9.1.1
REP 9.1.2
REP 9.2.1
REP 9.2.2
MCU PWB.....................................................................................................
MCU PWB EPROM ......................................................................................
ESS PWB......................................................................................................
ESS PWB EPROM .......................................................................................
4-39
4-41
4-42
4-44
10. Covers
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly....................................................................................
REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover.......................................................................................
4-45
4-47
11. IIT
REP 11.1.1
REP 11.1.2
REP 11.3.1
REP 11.3.2
REP 11.4.1
REP 11.5.1
Platen Cushion............................................................................................
Control Panel Assembly..............................................................................
Platen Glass................................................................................................
IIT/IPS PWB................................................................................................
Lens Kit Assembly ......................................................................................
Carriage Cable............................................................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-53
4-55
4-60
4-66
4-68
4-69
4-73
4-76
4-80
4-81
4-83
4-84
4-85
4-87
4-90
4-92
4-94
DADF ..........................................................................................................
DADF Platen Cushion.................................................................................
DADF Document Tray.................................................................................
DADF Feeder Assembly .............................................................................
DADF Front Cover ......................................................................................
DADF Rear Cover.......................................................................................
DADF PWB .................................................................................................
Left Counter Balance ..................................................................................
Right Counter Balance................................................................................
Retard Roll ..................................................................................................
Top Cover Assembly...................................................................................
Nudger Roll, Feed Roll................................................................................
Registration Roll..........................................................................................
4-97
4-99
4-101
4-103
4-105
4-106
4-108
4-109
4-110
4-112
4-114
4-119
4-123
15. DADF
REP 15.1.1
REP 15.1.2
REP 15.2.1
REP 15.2.2
REP 15.2.3
REP 15.2.4
REP 15.3.1
REP 15.3.2
REP 15.3.3
REP 15.4.1
REP 15.4.2
REP 15.6.1
REP 15.8.1
16. Finisher
REP 16.1.1
REP 16.1.2
REP 16.3.1
REP 16.4.1
REP 16.4.2
REP 16.5.1
REP 16.5.2
REP 16.6.1
REP 16.6.2
REP 16.7.1
REP 16.8.1
REP 16.8.2
REP 16.9.1
September 2005
4-1
4-127
4-128
4-132
4-135
4-136
4-137
4-139
4-145
4-147
4-148
4-152
4-157
4-159
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.1
REP 16.10.2
REP 16.11.1
REP 16.12.1
4-161
4-163
4-165
4-167
Adjustments
4. Xerographics/Development
ADJ 4.1.1 Toner Density Adjustment .............................................................................
4-169
7. MPT
ADJ 7.1.1 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (MPT Guide Adjustment) .......................
4-171
9. Electrical Components
ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ........................................................
ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment ......................................................................
ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading ....................................................................
4-173
4-175
4-175
11. IIT
ADJ 11.1.1
ADJ 11.2.1
ADJ 11.3.1
ADJ 11.6.1
4-179
4-180
4-181
4-182
4-187
4-189
4-190
4-192
4-193
15. DADF
ADJ 15.1.1
ADJ 15.1.3
ADJ 15.1.4
ADJ 15.1.5
ADJ 15.1.6
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. [33CPM Model]
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-3
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.1
3.
4.
1.
5.
2.
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.1
September 2005
4-4
Go to step 8.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
7.
8.
1.
1.
2.
2.
Disconnect.
Disconnect.
3.
4.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-5
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.1
3.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or electric shock, do not perform repairs or adjustments with
electrical power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, note the following.
[FAX models]
Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer models]
Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.2
September 2005
4-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
Figure 2 Removing the Takeaway Motor Unit (j0tp40104)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
September 2005
4-7
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1.2
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)
2.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-9
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.1
5.
7.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
Disconnect P/J601.
Remove Tray 1.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.1
September 2005
4-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)
2.
3.
Remove Tray 2.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-11
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.2
6.
7.
1.
1.
Disconnect P/J602.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
Move the white guide to rear, then remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1.2
September 2005
4-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described
here. Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1.
NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diag. mode and clear the
counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). 741/511 (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll:
741/512])
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time.
1.
Remove Tray 1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-13
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.3.1
3.
1.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-14
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
3.
NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Registration Assembly.
2.
Disconnect P/J215.
1.
3.
Disconnect P/J104.
2.
4.
3.
5.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-15
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.4.1
4.
2.
3.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)
2.
3.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.5.1
September 2005
4-16
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
6.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-17
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.5.1
7.
8.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.5.1
September 2005
4-18
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
WARNING
1.
2.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover Assembly. (PL 2.6)
2.
Replacement
1.
2.
September 2005
4-19
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.6.1
3.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover.
2.
Remove the screw while holding the L/H Upper Cover. (Figure 1)
1.
Replacement
1.
REP 2.6.2
September 2005
4-20
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the following parts:
1.
2.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-21
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
3.
5.
1.
Disconnect P/J127.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
b.
Press the shade rearward while lifting on the front to disengage the front.
c.
REP 3.1.1
September 2005
4-22
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6.
7.
1.
Disconnect P/J170.
1.
2.
Disconnect P/J160.
2.
3.
Disconnect P/J140.
4.
Disconnect P/J620.
5.
Replacement
CAUTION
When connecting the P/J127 of the Toner Crum PWB, be careful not to press too hard such
that the PWB is shifted.
NOTE: When the ROS Unit has been installed, read the warning label on top of the ROS unit
carefully before turning on the power and performing replacement.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-23
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1.1
September 2005
4-24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
Replacement
NOTE: Push in the handle of the Xero/Developer Cartridge until the handle latches securely.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-25
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.1.1
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.1.2
September 2005
4-26
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-27
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.2.1
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
REP 4.2.1
September 2005
4-28
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-29
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.2.1
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-30
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Do not start servicing until the Fuser has cooled down.
1.
Replacement
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-31
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 5.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-32
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
Lift up the front and rear levers and remove the Exit2 + OCT2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-33
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 6.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-35
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.1.1
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Disconnect P/J605.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.1.1
September 2005
4-36
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
NOTE: When replacing the MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad, enter the Diag. mode and clear the
counter for MPT Feed. 741/516]
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The MPT Feed Roll and MPT Retard Pad must both be replaced at the same time.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-37
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.2.1
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Slide the MPT Feed Roll to the front and remove it.
3.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.2.1
September 2005
4-38
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
Remove EPROM from old MCU PWB and save for installation on new MCU PWB (Figure
1).
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with
EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time.
1.
2.
3.
Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).
b.
Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2).
c.
Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2).
Disconnect P/Js.
b.
If a new MCU PWB will be installed, go to step 4. If the MCU PWB will be reinstalled after
service actions in other areas, reinstall the MCU PWB when appropriate to do so.
CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-39
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.1.1
Replacement
5.
This procedure installs a new MCU PWB. Refer to step 3 of Remove to install the same MCU
PWB.
Verify that the serial numbers and billing data are the same.
a.
CAUTION
ii.
Install the EPROM from the old MCU PWB on the new MCU PWB (Figure 2).
b.
Select Adjustment/Others.
ii.
iii.
Check that the Serial Number and Billing Data for IOT, Sys1, and Sys2 are the
same.
If they are the same, return to Service Call Procedures in Section 1.
If the data are different, perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.1.1
September 2005
4-40
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-41
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.1.2
3.
Remove EPROM from ESS PWB and save for installation on new ESS PWB (Figure 1).
b.
2.
i.
ii.
Loosen thumbscrews and pullout Printer PWB to disconnect it from the ESS
PWB.
Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).
c.
d.
If a new ESS PWB will be installed, go to step 3. If the ESS PWB will be reinstalled after
service actions in other areas, reinstall the ESS PWB when appropriate to do so.
CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.2.1
September 2005
4-42
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Replacement
This procedure installs a new ESS PWB. Refer to step P/J549 of Remove to install the same
ESS PWB.
CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced.
1.
Install the EPROM from the old ESS PWB on the new ESS PWB (Figure 1).
3.
Install Printer PWB while connecting it to ESS PWB and tighten thumbscrews.
b.
4.
5.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-43
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.2.1
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.2.2
September 2005
4-44
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-45
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 10.1.1
3.
4.
2.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 10.1.1
September 2005
4-46
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-47
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 10.2.1
3.
For the Duplex and Finisher models, remove the cover. (Figure 3)
1.
4.
2.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 10.2.1
September 2005
4-48
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-49
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1.1
Replacement
NOTE: . Remove all remaining tapes on the Platen Cover after the Platen Cushion has been
removed.
1.
WARNING
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-50
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-51
Repairs/Adjustments
1.
Replacement
1.
1.
2.
3.
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: . To install the Platen Glass, push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and
the plate in the direction of arrow B. (Figure 2)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.3.1
September 2005
4-52
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-53
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.3.2
4.
5.
2.
3.
REP 11.3.2
September 2005
4-54
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Replacement
1.
2.
When having replaced the IIT/IPS PWB, install the EP ROM from the old IIT/IPS PWB on
the new IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-55
Repairs/Adjustments
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
September 2005
4-56
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
5.
1.
1.
2.
2.
September 2005
4-57
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
6.
Connect the CCD Flat Cable and install the Lens Cover.
7.
Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the Glass Press Guide.)
8.
Turn on the power. Print the Controller built-in Total Chart (Pattern 052) and check that
the IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge fall within the specifications. If they do not fall within the
specifications, perform ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Adjustment.
9.
11. With the measurements taken for L0 and R0, refer to the adjustment table below for the
required rotation amount for the nuts on the CCD Assembly Bracket.
Rotation
: degree
Direction
Place the Test Chart (82P521) on the Platen and make a copy. (A3, 100%, 1 sheet)
Table 1 Adjustment Table (Nut Rotation Amount)
10. Measure the length of A and B indicated in the diagram using the scale. Record the measurements as L0 and R0.
(Scan in 0.5mm increments)
Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/
-1.6 mm).
If they do not satisfy the specifications, go to Step 4. (Figure 5)
Front +165
+240
+315
+390
+465
+555
+630
+705
Rear +165
+45
-90
-210
-330
-450
-570
-690
-810
+120
+195
+270
+360
+435
+510
+585
+660
-735
+780
Rear +240
+120
-120
-240
-375
-495
-615
Front -75
+75
+165
+240
+315
+390
+465
+555
Rear +330
+195
+75
-45
-165
-285
-405
-525
-645
-120
-45
+45
+120
+195
+270
+345
+435
Rear +405
+285
+165
+45
-75
-210
-330
-450
-570
L0=15
Front -315
-240
-150
-75
+75
+150
+240
+315
Rear +495
+360
+240
+120
-120
-240
-360
-495
-345
-270
-195
-120
-45
+45
+120
+195
Rear +570
+450
+330
+210
+75
-45
-165
-285
-405
L0=16
Front -555
-465
-390
-315
-240
-165
-75
+75
Rear +645
+525
+405
+285
+165
+45
-75
-195
-330
-585
-510
-435
-360
-270
-195
-120
-45
Rear +735
+615
+495
+375
+240
+120
-120
-240
L0=17
Front -780
-705
-630
-555
-465
-390
-315
-240
-165
Rear +810
+690
+570
+450
+330
+210
+90
-45
-165
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
September 2005
4-58
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, draw a line on the paper to make a
mark at the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the figure below.
September 2005
4-59
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.4.1
1.
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The
replacement procedure for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage
Cable.
NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
September 2005
4-60
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
2.
3.
4.
Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3)
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-61
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
5.
Replacement
1.
1.
2.
Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7)
1.
Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley.
2.
Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds.
3.
Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape.
4.
Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds.
5.
Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.
Figure 5 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0st41115)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
September 2005
4-62
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Figure 6 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 2/3 (j0st41116)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Figure 7 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 3/3 (j0st41117)
September 2005
4-63
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
NOTE: Indicates the number of coils made by the Carriage Cable at the front and rear.
(Figure 8)
2.
2.
Figure 8 The number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear (j0st41118)
Figure 9 Installing the Carriage Cable (j0st41119)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
September 2005
4-64
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
Route the spring end of the Carriage Cable along the frame and on the pulley.
2.
Route the cable on the pulley at the rear of the Half Rate Carriage.
4.
Fix the Full Rate Carriage at the front side. (Figure 11)
1.
3. Attach the spring to the Carriage Cable and route the cable along the frame as indicated.
4.
6.
7.
Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-65
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.1
1.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.2
September 2005
4-66
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-67
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.5.2
4.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-68
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
1.
2.
3.
2.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-69
Repairs/Adjustments
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
REP 11.6.2
September 2005
4-70
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
6.
Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-71
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.6.2
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-72
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
3.
4.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-73
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.1
3.
5.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.1
September 2005
4-74
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6.
7.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-75
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.1
8.
1.
2.
Replacement
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-76
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-77
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.2
5.
6.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.2
September 2005
4-78
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
7.
8.
1.
1.
2.
2.
Replacement
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-79
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.1.2
3.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
1.
2.
Remove the paper tray for the Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll to be replaced.
a.
b.
c.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.3.1
September 2005
4-80
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
1.
Replacement
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
Replacement
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-81
Repairs/Adjustments
1.
When replacing the 2TM PWB, set the 2TM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 12.6.1
September 2005
4-82
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-83
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.1.1
3.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.1.2
September 2005
4-84
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-85
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.3.1
3.
4.
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Front Tray Cable is described here. The
Rear Tray Cable is removed in the same way.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 3)
1.
2.
3.
Figure 3 Removing the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable (j0st41305)
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.3.1
September 2005
4-86
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-87
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.4.1
4.
5.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
REP 13.4.1
September 2005
4-88
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6.
7.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
6.
Replacement
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-89
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.4.1
3.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Remove Tray 3.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.5.1
September 2005
4-90
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-91
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.5.1
6.
1.
2.
2.
Remove the paper tray for the Feed, Retaed and Nudger Roll to be replaced.
a.
b.
c.
Replacement
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-92
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
4.
Replacement
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-93
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.6.1
1.
When replacing the TTM PWB, set the TTM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.8.1
September 2005
4-94
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-95
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 13.8.1
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-96
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
The DADF is heavy component. Take care when lifting the DADF.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-97
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.1
2.
Replacement
1.
1.
2.
When installing the DADF, push the DADF to the front, then secure. (Figure 3)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.1
September 2005
4-98
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
Peel off the DADF Platen Cushion from the Velcro Fastening at 10 locations.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion pasted on with Velcro Fastening.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-99
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.1.2
2.
Replacement
1.
1.
2.
Set up the gaps from the Registration Guide and Platen Guide.
3.
REP 15.1.2
September 2005
4-100
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
2.
Disconnect P/J760.
3.
Disconnect P/J759.
4.
5.
6.
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-101
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.1
4.
2.
3.
4.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.1
September 2005
4-102
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-103
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.2
6.
7.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
5.
6.
6.
7.
8.
Replacement
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.2
September 2005
4-104
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
Remove the tabs (x2) from the Tab Slot and remove the DADF Front Cover.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] to ensure that
there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-105
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.3
3.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the harness from the notch of the DADF Rear Cover.
5.
Remove the tabs (x4) from the Tab Slot and remove the Data Rear Cover.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] to ensure that
there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.4
September 2005
4-106
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Replacement
1.
Pull the harness to the notch of the DADF Rear Cover when installing the DADF Rear
Cover. (Figure 2)
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-107
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.2.4
3.
2.
3.
4.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] to ensure that
there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.1
September 2005
4-108
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure.
Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong
Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-109
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.2
3.
Remove the screw that secures the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1)
1.
2.
3.
4.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure.
Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong
Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.3
September 2005
4-110
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
To remove, slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow.
2.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-111
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.3.3
3.
2.
Bend the boss in the direction of the arrow to remove the Retard Roll Holder.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
1.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.1
September 2005
4-112
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-113
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.1
3.
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
REP 15.4.2
September 2005
4-114
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
5.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-115
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.2
6.
Remove the Top Cover with the Wire Harness connected. (Figure 4)
7.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
5.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.2
September 2005
4-116
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
8.
Replacement
1.
1.
Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover Assembly when installing the cover.
2.
2.
3.
Remove the Wire Harnesses (x3) from the square hole and remove the Top Cover.
Remove the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring from the new Top Cover Assembly.
(Figure 7)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Figure 7 Removing the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring (j0st41538)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-117
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.2
3.
Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover. (Figure 8)
1.
4.
2.
3.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.4.2
September 2005
4-118
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
A.
B.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-119
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.6.1
3.
Remove the actuator while deforming the support and actuator (1) and place it aside to
prevent damaging it during this removal procedure. (Figure 2)
4.
2.
3.
4. Make a note of the spring locations and then remove the tension from the assembly
by disengaging both springs by flexing them out of the keepers.
5. Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow to remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (4).
6.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.6.1
September 2005
4-120
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE: To prevent loss of the Set Gates (item 1) (2), install the Set Gates after installing the
Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly. Note the location and direction of the Gates (Figure 1).
5.
Note orientation of the groove in the gear and the direction of the pin and then
remove the gear (large) (5).
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
After the installation is complete, check that the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly moves up
and down smoothly by turning the gears on the Nudger Motor.
11.
Note orientation of the groove in the gear and the direction of the pin and then
remove the gear (small) (11).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-121
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.6.1
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.6.1
September 2005
4-122
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-123
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
7.
8.
1.
9.
2.
1.
3.
2.
4.
5.
6.
REP 15.8.1
September 2005
4-124
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-125
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
When installing the motor unit, pull the Wire Harness as shown in Fig. 7. (Figure 7)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 15.8.1
September 2005
4-126
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-127
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1.1
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1.2
September 2005
4-128
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-129
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1.2
5.
6.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1.2
September 2005
4-130
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
7.
8.
Move the Finisher Assembly to the left and lower it down from the rack. (Figure 7)
1.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-131
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1.2
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.3.1
September 2005
4-132
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-133
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.3.1
5.
6.
1.
1.
2.
2.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.3.1
September 2005
4-134
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Replacement
1.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-135
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.4.1
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.4.2
September 2005
4-136
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
1.
2.
Remove the link from the Top Open Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)
1.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
September 2005
4-137
Repairs/Adjustments
2.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.1
September 2005
4-138
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-139
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
3.
4.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
September 2005
4-140
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
2.
3.
6.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-141
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
7.
8.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
REP 16.5.2
September 2005
4-142
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
9.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-143
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
Replacement
NOTE: Replace the Exit Roll and Eject Roll at the same time.
NOTE: When installing the Actuator, ensure that the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the
Actuator as illustrated below. (Figure 10)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.5.2
September 2005
4-144
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-145
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.6.1
3.
2.
3.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.6.1
September 2005
4-146
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-147
Repairs/Adjustments
2.
1.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-148
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
3.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-149
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.7.1
4.
5.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.7.1
September 2005
4-150
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
NOTE: When installing the Actuator, ensure the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the
Actuator as illustrated below. (Figure 6)
Replacement
1.
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Make sure the stud on the Cam Bracket Assembly is inserted into the hole. (Figure 5)
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-151
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.7.1
2.
2.
3.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
September 2005
4-152
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-153
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
5.
6.
1.
1.
2.
2.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
September 2005
4-154
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
7.
8.
To remove the Carriage Assembly, move it in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 7)
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-155
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
9.
2.
Replacement
1.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.1
September 2005
4-156
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-157
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.2
3.
Replacement
1.
1.
2.
3.
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Ensure the tip of the Staple Assembly is inserted into the hole in the bracket. (Figure 3)
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.8.2
September 2005
4-158
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
3.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-159
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.9.1
4.
5.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.9.1
September 2005
4-160
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1.
2.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-161
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.1
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.1
September 2005
4-162
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
1.
Remove the screws (x3) while sliding the PWB Bracket upwards.
2.
3.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-163
Repairs/Adjustments
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.10.2
September 2005
4-164
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
1.
2.
2.
Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly. (Perform REP 16.7.1 up to Step 4.)
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-165
Repairs/Adjustments
3.
2.
3.
4.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.11.1
September 2005
4-166
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
1.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1.
Replacement
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-167
Repairs/Adjustments
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
Replacement
1.
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: When installing, keep the core shown in Figure 2 inside the box.
Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.12.1
September 2005
4-168
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Check
1.
2.
b.
3.
4.
5.
After measurement ends, the measured value of the following items will be displayed.
ATC Target
ATC Output
ATC Result (ATC Sensor Failure Assessment Result)
TC State (Toner Condition)
6.
Adjustment
1.
2.
Select Adjust Toner Density. Adjust the toner level using the [Up] and [Down] buttons
displayed.
3.
If TC State is High, press the [Up] button to increase toner density. If the TC State is Low,
press the [Down] button to decrease toner density. As Tone Up/Tone Down is processed
during output, set the no. of output sheets using the [Up] and [Down] buttons.
4.
Toner density adjustment during output starts when the [Start] button is pressed.
5.
After toner density adjustment, press [Start] button to start ATC measurement again.
6.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-169
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 4.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 4.1.1
September 2005
4-170
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Adjustment
1.
b.
2.
Select Adjustment/Others.
3.
4.
5.
Select the minimum size position and press the Start button.
6.
After the NVM sets the MPT Paper Size Sensor detection value, an OK or NG result will
be displayed.
7.
8.
Select the maximum size position and press the Start button.
9.
After the NVM sets the MPT Paper Size Sensor detection value, an OK or NG result will
be displayed.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-171
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 7.1.1
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-172
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern
Purpose
To align the image on the drum with the Lead/Side Edge of the paper.
Check
1.
b.
2.
3.
4.
Enter 052-1 for tray 1 or 052-2 for tray 2 using the number key pad and press the Start
button.
NOTE: Print Test Pattern routine will auto-select the tray set with A3 or 11x17 paper irregardless of which tray is selected.
Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications of the specified mode (A3 Table 1) (11x17 Table 2).
Table 1 A3 Specification
Item
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Simplex
Duplex
MPT
15 1.3mm
15 1.7mm
15 2.0mm
148.5 1.8mm
148.5 2.2mm
148.5 2.5mm
September 2005
4-173
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 9.1.1
Simplex
Duplex
21 1.3mm
140 1.8mm
21 1.7mm
140 2.2mm
Min.
Initia
l
Max
Increment
140 2.5mm
760-020
33
66
0.2175mm
760-021
33
66
0.2175mm
760-022
33
66
0.2175mm
760-023
33
66
0.2175mm
760-031
33
66
0.2175mm
760-032
33
66
0.2175mm
760-033
33
66
0.2175mm
760-034
33
66
0.2175mm
Adjustment
1.
b.
2.
3.
Adjust the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) using the following NVM
so that the measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting
modes.
If the measured value is shorter than specification above (A or B): Set a larger value.
If the measured value is longer than specification above (A or B): Set a smaller value.
Min.
Initia
l
Max
742-027
33
66
0.2175mm
760-001
33
66
0.2175mm
760-002
33
66
0.2175mm
760-005
33
66
0.2175mm
760-013
10
16
0.2175mm
760-014
10
16
0.2175mm
760-015
10
16
0.2175mm
760-016
33
66
0.2175mm
760-017
33
66
0.2175mm
760-018
33
66
0.2175mm
760-019
33
66
0.2175mm
760-003
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 9.1.1
33
66
Increment
Min.
Initia
l
Max
Increment
749-001
50
99
0.254mm
749-002
50
99
0.254mm
749-003
50
99
0.254mm
749-004
50
99
0.254mm
749-005
50
99
0.254mm
749-007
50
99
0.254mm
749-009
50
99
0.254mm
749-010
50
99
0.254mm
749-011
50
99
0.254mm
749-012
50
99
0.254mm
749-013
50
99
0.254mm
749-015
50
99
0.254mm
0.2175mm
4.
After adjustment, print the test pattern in the same mode and measure the Lead and Side
Edge values. Repeat this procedure until the values fall within the specifications.
September 2005
4-174
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5.
Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) fall
within the specifications.
Check
1.
b.
2.
3.
4.
Specify a tray with paper. Make a black copy with the Platen Cover open.
5.
Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm.
Adjustment
1.
b.
2.
3.
Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values fall
within the specifications (2mm).
If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases.
Table 1 NVM List
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Chain
Link
Name
Min.
Initia
l
Max
Increment
749-523
0.254mm
749-524
18
0.217mm
749-527
18
0.217mm
16
4.
After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the
Platen Cover open.
5.
Repeat the procedure until the measuered values of the Lead (A), and Side (B) Edges fall
within the specifications.
September 2005
4-175
Repairs/Adjustments
Purpose
NOTE: If PWS has Windows 98 operating system then refer to Firmware Upload Utility CD for
detailed instructions on how to enable the USB port on the PWS.
The purpose is to load software in the ESS PWB, FCB PWB, IIT/IPS PWB, DADF PWB ROM.
1.
USB port
Network port
Parallel port
Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download.
2.
3.
Plug in the parallel cable to both the Machine and the PWS.
4.
Power on the Machine into the Download Mode.( Hold the Power Saver Button down
while powering on the Machine)
5.
6.
1.
Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download.
2.
7.
3.
Remove the ESS cover and plug the USB cable into the USB port on the ESS PWB and
to your PWS.
8.
4.
Power on the Machine into the Download Mode. (Hold the Power Saver Button down
while powering on the Machine)
5.
6.
A Device Found window will pop-up on your PWS. Select Cancel on this pop-up.
7.
8.
9.
Click on Next.
File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the .bin file to Download. The file should read either: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre machines or
SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The
X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.)
14. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes exit the program.
Click on Version to check the version of the software you are about to download.
16. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the
start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
1.
14. The PWS will Transfer the file to the machine in about 3 minutes. Do not unplug the USB
cable until the download is complete.
Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download and to locate the machine IP address.
2.
On the PWS you will see - IIT Finish, ADF Finish, Finisher Finish etc. as the machine
unpacks each piece of the firmware.
Set the IP address on your PWS to be 1 different from the machine and the subnet mask
to be the same as the machine.
3.
4.
Plug in the Crossover cable to both the Machine and the PWS.
5.
Power on the Machine. Do NOT put the machine into Download Mode. The machine must
be in the ready state.
On the machine you will see TRANSFERRING as the file is transferred, then PROCESSING, 0-5 progressing to 4-5 as the file is unpacked.
15. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished.
16. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes, exit the program.
6.
7.
18. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the
start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
8.
9.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 9.3.1
September 2005
4-176
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the .bin file to Download. The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or
SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre
machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript
option. TheX's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on
Open.)
Click on Add once you have found the File name.
10. Click on Next.
11. In the Firmware Update Tool select Network (Port 9100).
12. Click Next.
13. Select Search, wait until the machine is found.
14. Check that the correct machine IP address is displayed, and select it.
15. Check the Version. This will display the version of the software you are about to download.
16. Select Next.
17. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. The machine will automatically go into Download Mode. Progress and download status is shown on the PWS.
18. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished.
19. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes to exit the program.
20. The Software Download is now complete.
21. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the
start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-177
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 9.3.1
Repairs/Adjustments
September 2005
4-178
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
Measure the Lead Edge and Side Edge of the third copy (Figure 1).
Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern
Purpose
To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast
Scan) direction.
NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.
Check
1.
Register Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen. Make 5
100% copies of the Test Chart on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.
Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications of the supporting mode.
Table 1 Specification
Item
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Simplex
Duplex
10 1.6mm
10 2.0mm
10 2.2mm
5 2.1mm
5 2.5mm
5 3.0mm
September 2005
4-179
MPT
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.1.1
Adjustment
1.
Purpose
a.
b.
To obtain the proper Reduce/Enlarge ratio for Copy in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction
and the Front to Rear direction.
2.
Check
3.
Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following
NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications.
1.
Side Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
Table 1
Reduce/Enlarge (%)
65
130 2mm
101
202 2mm
NOTE: After performing the IIT side Edge Registration Adjustment, perform the DADF
side Edge Registration Adjustment. (ADJ 15.1.1)
154
154 1.5mm
Name
Min.
Initial
Max
Increment
715
050
16
100
184
0.036mm
715
053
120
240
0.085mm
4.
After adjustment, place Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the
Platen so that there is no gap between the chart and the Registration Guide at the rear of
the Platen. Make another 100% copy on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.
5.
Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B)
fall within the specifications.
Measurement
Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B
for reduction/enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and D for
enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. For 154%, use areas A and E for enlargement
in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and F for enlargement in the Front
to Rear direction. (Figure 1)
September 2005
4-180
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Adjustment
1.
Purpose
a.
b.
To align the position of the buttons on the display and the touch panel so that the user can
select the contents on the display using the touch panel.
Perform this adjustment only after replacing the UI PWB and the Control Panel.
2.
3.
Adjust the distance between the reference points in the copy using the following NVM so
that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart:
Set a larger value.
If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set
a smaller value.
NOTE: Adjust using the Touch Pen found in the Control Panel. If the Touch Pen is not available, you may use a pointed object. Take care not to damage the surface of the UI when using
the pointed object.
Adjustment
1.
Turn off the power. Remove the Control Panel and take out the Touch Pen. (Figure 1)
Name
Min.
Initial
Max
Increment
715
051
44
50
56
0.1%
715
702
50
100
0.1%
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-181
Repairs/Adjustments
2.
Return the Control Panel to its original position. Hold down the 0, 1, 3 keys while turning
on the machine.
5.
Keep the Touch Pen in the Control Panel and return the Control Panel to its original position.
Using the Touch Pen, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines, P1 to P9,
in sequence. (Stay on each point on the Touch Pen for approx. 1 sec. then proceed to the
next point.)
After pressing all the buttons, the machine automatically calculates the difference
between the coordinates and the correction values.
This calculation takes approx. 0.1 sec.
4.
After a few seconds, turn the power Off/On. The UI may be used after reboot as the data
has been corrected.
NOTE: If power is turned off during adjustment, data before adjustment will be restored.
Complete the whole procedure before turning off the machine.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.3.1
September 2005
4-182
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
Purpose
Adjustment
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately.
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-183
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
4.
2.
5.
Align the tool hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the tool hole of the rail (Front/Rear).
(Figure 3)
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
September 2005
4-184
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6.
NOTE: The fixing position of the pulley can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate
Carriage and the rail are not aligned and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 5)
1.
2.
3.
Align the shaft concave with the Pulley end face and tighten the screws (x2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-185
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
7.
NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the
tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed
in place. (Figure 7)
Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full
Rate Carriage. (Figure 6)
NOTE: When adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage from the rear side, to it with the
rear tool for Half Rate Carriage installed.
1.
2.
1.
2.
Move the Full Rate Carriage until the tool hole aligns.
3.
When adjusting the front position of Full Rate Carriage, move the tool for Half Rate Carriage to the front of Full Rate Carriage before doing the adjustment.
At this time the rear tool for Full Rate Carriage remains installed.
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 11.6.1
September 2005
4-186
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
Purpose
Fold the third copy in half. Measure a distance (A shown in the figure) between the folding line and the central line. (Figure 1)
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction).
NOTE: The following adjustments must be checked.
Check
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-187
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.1
3.
Check that the distance between the central lines (A) falls within the specifications of the
supporting mode.
Table 1 Specification
Item
Simplex
Duplex
2.9mm
3.2mm
Min.
Initial Max
Increment
715-113
120
2 dot
240
Adjustment
1.
b.
2.
3.
Adjust the distance between the central lines (A) using the following NVM so that the
measured value falls within the specifications.
If the folding line is to the right of the central line: Set a larger value.
If the folding line is to the left of the central line: Set a Smaller value.
Table 2 NVM List
Min.
Initial Max
Increment
715-110
120
240
2 dot
715-111
120
240
2 dot
4.
5.
Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the distance between the central lines
(A) falls within the specifications.
6.
Min.
Initial Max
Increment
715-112
120
2 dot
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.1
240
September 2005
4-188
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Enter the data for 710-564. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table
below based on the size specified by the customer.)
The information that is related to the NVM to be entered is as follows.
Purpose
To enable non-standard sized originals to be fed as standard sized originals by registering
original sizes that cannot be detected (non-standard sizes) by the DADF. This enables the
feeding of customized original sizes for different users.
Fast Scan Direction Max Value Note 1) Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)
710-560
Fast Scan Direction Min. Value Note 1) Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)
710-561
Slow Scan Direction Max Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)
710-562
Slow Scan Direction Min. Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)
710-563
710-564
710-565
[Outline]
Original size detection is based on the customized registered data. The DADF then processes
the original in the specified original size. Customized registration is limited to only 1 entry. If
the registration data is valid, the original size is detected based on the priorities in the detection
table.
Preparation
1.
2.
Check in which direction (LEF or SEF) the customer wants to process the original using
the DADF.
3.
Check in which paper size and direction the customer wants the copy.
4.
Check and make a note of the Fast Scan Direction Length (X) and Slow Scan Direction
Length (Y) of the original using the scale.
Adjustment
1.
2.
Remarks
710-559
3.
Set (X+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-559. (Fast Scan Direction Max
Value Setting)
4.
Feed the customized original registered in the Size Detection Table into the DADF.
Set (X-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-560. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value
Setting)
Set (Y+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-561. (Slow Scan Direction Max
Value Setting)
Set (Y-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-562. (Slow Scan Direction Min.
Value Setting)
Enter the data for 710-563. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table
below based on the size specified by the customer.)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-189
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.3
2.
Measure the Lead Edge (part A of the figure) of the third copy. (Figure 1)
Purpose
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Lead Edge (Slow Scan Direction).
NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed.
Check
1.
Check that the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications of the supporting mode.
Table 1 Specification
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.4
Item
Simplex
Duplex
Lead Edge
5 2.2mm
5 3.0mm
September 2005
4-190
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Adjustment
1.
b.
2.
3.
Adjust the Lead Edge (A) using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within
the specifications.
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.
Table 2 NVM List
Min.
Initial Max
Increment
711-140
129
214
0.458mm
711-141
129
214
0.458mm
4.
5.
Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-191
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.4
Adjustment
Purpose
NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. In
cases where such adjustment is not possible, adjustment is carried out using the Right Counter
Balance.
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.
Check
1.
1.
Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide tips (x3) and the Platen Glass or DADF
Platen Glass. (Figure 1)
1.
The DADF Platen Guide tip at the rear is touching the DADF Platen Glass.
2.
The DADF Platen Guide tips (x2) at the front are touching the Platen Glass.
Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height
and slant of the DADF. (Figure 2)
Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear
to fall. (Direction of arrow A)
Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear
to rise. (Direction of arrow B)
Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass
(j0st41555)
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.5
September 2005
4-192
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Adjustment
Purpose
1.
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. (DADF Lead Skew,
Orthogonality)
2.
Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2)
Check
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
Number of copies: 3
Check that the difference in the distance (A and B) between the side and the Edges in the
3 copies is within 00.5mm. (Figure 1)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
4-193
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.6
Repairs/Adjustments
ADJ 15.1.6
4.
After adjustment, carry out DADF Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.1) and
DADF Lead Edge Registration (ADJ 15.1.4).
September 2005
4-194
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5 Parts List
Overview
Introduction......................................................................................................................
Subsystem Information....................................................................................................
Symbology.......................................................................................................................
5-3
5-4
5-5
Parts Lists
5-9
2. Paper Transportation
PL 2.1
PL 2.2
PL 2.3
PL 2.4
PL 2.5
PL 2.6
PL 2.7
PL 2.8
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
3. ROS
PL 3.1 ROS ....................................................................................................................
5-18
4. Xerographics/Development
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge .........................................................................................
PL 4.2 Toner System......................................................................................................
5-19
5-20
5. Fuser
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit ...........................................................................................................
5-21
6. Exit
PL 6.1
PL 6.2
PL 6.3
PL 6.4
PL 6.5
PL 6.6
Exit ......................................................................................................................
Exit 1 ...................................................................................................................
L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................
Tray Guide Assembly..........................................................................................
L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................
Tray Guide Assembly..........................................................................................
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
7. MPT
PL 7.1 MPT Assembly....................................................................................................
PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ......................................................................................
PL 7.3 MPT Tray Assembly............................................................................................
5-28
5-29
5-30
8. Duplex
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit .........................................................................................................
PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly.........................................................................................
5-31
5-32
9. Electrical Components
PL 9.1 Electrical .............................................................................................................
PL 9.2 ESS.....................................................................................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5-35
5-36
10. Covers
PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left...............................................................................................
PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right .............................................................................................
5-37
5-38
11. IIT
1. Drives
PL 1.1 Main Drive...........................................................................................................
5-33
5-34
PL 11.1
PL 11.2
PL 11.3
PL 11.4
PL 11.5
PL 11.6
Platen/Cover .....................................................................................................
Control Panel ....................................................................................................
Platen Glass......................................................................................................
CCD PWB, Sensor............................................................................................
Carriage Cable/Motor........................................................................................
Full/Half Rate Carriage .....................................................................................
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
5-55
5-56
5-57
5-58
5-59
5-60
5-61
15. DADF
PL 15.1 DADF Accessory...............................................................................................
PL 15.2 DADF Component, Cover .................................................................................
PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover Component.........................................................................
PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component ................................................................................
PL 15.5 Top Cover Component......................................................................................
PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll ..................................
PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute .........................................................................................
PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll ............................................................................................
PL 15.9 Motor Unit .........................................................................................................
PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray.....................................................................................
September 2005
5-1
5-62
5-63
5-64
5-65
5-66
5-67
5-68
5-69
5-70
5-71
Parts-list
16. Finisher
PL 16.1 Finisher Unit......................................................................................................
PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2)..............................................................................
PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2)..............................................................................
PL 16.4 Cover ................................................................................................................
PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject Roll ........................................................................
PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2) .......................................................................................
PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2) .......................................................................................
PL 16.8 Staple Unit ........................................................................................................
PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly...................................................................................
PL 16.10 Elevator...........................................................................................................
PL 16.11 Exit..................................................................................................................
PL 16.12 Electrical .........................................................................................................
PL 16.13 LVPS...............................................................................................................
PL 16.14 Rack................................................................................................................
5-72
5-73
5-74
5-75
5-76
5-77
5-78
5-79
5-80
5-81
5-82
5-83
5-84
5-85
Common Hardware
Common Hardware .........................................................................................................
Part Number Index ..........................................................................................................
Parts-list
5-86
5-87
September 2005
5-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Introduction
Table 1 Abbreviations
Overview
Abbreviation
The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared
subsystem components.
MB
Organization
Meaning
Mega Byte
MM
Millimeters
MOD
MPT
Parts Lists
NOHAD
Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related
illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same
illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.
OCT
PL
Parts List
P/O
Part of
R/E
Reduction/Enlargement
This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used
in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.
ROS
TEMP
Temperature
Common Hardware
The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify
each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters
unless otherwise identified.
UI
User Interface
XERO
Xerographics
Table 2 Operating Companies
Abbreviation
Meaning
AO
Americas Operations
This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed
by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found.
ARZ
Republica Argentina
EU
Europe
Other Information
NASG - US
Abbreviations
NASG Canada
Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide
information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:
XC
XE
Xerox Europe
Table 1 Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Meaning
A3
A4
A5
AD
Auto Duplex
AWG
APS
CCD
DADF
EMI
GB
Giga Byte
HUM
Humidity
KB
Kilo Byte
LED
L/H
Left Hand
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Symbology
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
September 2005
5-3
Parts-list
Introduction
Subsystem Information
Use of the Term Assembly
The term assembly will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized
parts in the part number listing. When the word assembly is found in the part number listing,
there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a
listing of the contents of the assembly.
Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The
item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts
follow the bracket.
Tag
The notation W/Tag in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been
updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data
for the name and purpose of the modification.
In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the
Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on
which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only
replacement part available is listed as W/Tag, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The
Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.
Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate
number on the Tag matrix.
Parts-list
Subsystem Information
September 2005
5-4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Symbology
A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed
by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change
Tag Index.
A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that
the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag
number within the circle (Figure 2).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-5
Parts-list
Symbology
A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by
the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change
Tag Index.
A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire
drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle
(Figure 4).
Parts-list
Symbology
September 2005
5-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Below square colored black with number informs you that adjustment procedure for the parts is
described in Section 4 Repairs and Adjustments. (Figure 5)
Below square with number informs you that repair procedure for the parts is described in
Section 4 Repairs and Adjustments. (Figure 6)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-7
Parts-list
Symbology
Below double square colored black with number informs you that repair/adjustment procedure
for the parts is described in Section 4 Repairs and Adjustments. (Figure 7)
Parts-list
Symbology
September 2005
5-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
3
4
5
6
7
007K88583
9
10
11
005E17860
604K20500
127K45361
12
13
14
15
013E26090
807E08690
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-9
Parts-list
PL 1.1
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
003E58700
014E44710
050K49840
110K11680
110K11680
054K24090
059K26953
059K42520
059K26953
059K42520
9
10
054K27050
11
12
13
14
604K20550
Stopper
Spacer
Tray Assembly (PL 2.2)
Tray 1 Paper Size Switch
Tray 2 Paper Size Switch
Bracket (Not Spared)
Feed Out Chute
Feeder 1 Assembly (23/28CPM
Model)(PL 2.3) (REP 2.1.1)
Feeder1 Assembly(33CPM
Model)(PL 2.3)(REP 2.1.1)
Feeder 2 Assembly(23/28CPM
Model) (PL 2.3) (REP 2.1.2)
Feeder2 Assembly(33CPM
Model)(PL 2.3)(REP 2.1.2)
Feed Out Chute
Label Tray No1 (P/O PL 2.1 Item
13)
Label Tray No2 (P/O PL 2.1 Item
13)
Label Size (Not Spared)
Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 2.1 Item
13)
Tray Label Kit
Slide Look (Not Spared)
Parts-list
PL 2.1
September 2005
5-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
604K20540
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-11
Parts-list
PL 2.2
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
127 38170
120E22481
930W00113
930W00113
962K19691
962K18912
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
005K05890
005K06760
005K07010
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
604K20530
930W00211
43
113E37571
Parts-list
PL 2.3
September 2005
5-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 2.4 Registration
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
054E23910
013E26760
054E23940
059E98590
059K31021
121K32660
130K64270
10
11
12
13
054K23940
013E26060
013E26090
14
121K31640
121K32730
15
16
17
007E79320
162K56100
930W00211
Chute
Bearing
Registration Chute
Idler Roll
Registration Roll
Registration Clutch
Registration Sensor
Earth Plate (Not Spared)
Bracket (23/28CPM Model)(Not
Spared)
Chute Assembly
Bearing (23/28CPM Model)
Bearing (23/28CPM Model)
Shaft (23/28CPM Model)(Not
Spared)
Takeaway Roll Clutch (23/28CPM
Model)(Alternate)
Takeaway Roll Clutch (23/28CPM
Model)(Alternate)
Gear (19T) (23/28CPM Model)
Wire Harness (33CPM Model)
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor (33CPM
Model)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-13
Parts-list
PL 2.4
Part
Description
1
2
015K61010
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
059K26840
059E98370
130K64261
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
962K23460
802E55701
007E79270
013E26990
413W11860
Gear Assembly
Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 2.5 Item
1)
L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch
(P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
Rivet (Not Spared)
Lower Chute (Not Spared)
Takeaway Roll (REP 2.5.1)
Handle (Not Spared)
Bracket (Not Spared)
Bearing (Not Spared)
Bearing (Not Spared)
Pinch Roller
Tray2 Feed Out Sensor (23/28CPM
Model)
Spring (Not Spared)
Spring (Not Spared)
Wire Harness (23/28CPM Model)
Earth Plate (Not Spared)
L/H Lower Cover
Spring (Not Spared)
Gear (18T)
Bearing
Bearing
Gear (21T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
Gear (23T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
Gear (22T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
Parts-list
PL 2.5
September 2005
5-14
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
012K94341
802K56093
7
8
9
10
054K24051
11
802K58260
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
802K49240
110E94770
Link Assembly
BTR Roll Assembly
Lever (Rear) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
Lever (Front) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
BTR Roll (REP 2.6.1) (P/O PL 2.6
Item 2)
Housing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
L/H Upper Chute Assembly (PL
2.8)
L/H Upper Cover Assembly (PL
2.7)
Stud (Not Spared)
Bracket (Not Spared)
Wire Assembly
L/H Cover Inter lock Switch
Label 220V (Not Spared)
Label 110V (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-15
Parts-list
PL 2.6
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Parts-list
PL 2.7
September 2005
5-16
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
003E59832
3
4
5
6
054E23950
054K24060
7
8
9
802K65582
849E13981
Handle
XERO/Developer Cartridge Shutter
(P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
Handle Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
L/H Cover Chute
Chute Assembly
Frame Assembly (P/O PL 2.6 Item
11)
L/H Upper Cover
Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
Support
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-17
Parts-list
PL 2.8
PL 3.1 ROS
Item
1
2
3
4
Parts-list
PL 3.1
Part
Description
062K13580
927W00111
September 2005
5-18
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
013R00589
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-19
Parts-list
PL 4.1
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
110K11810
130K87980
962K13060
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
127K38040
160K95830
127K37880
160K95830
032K96940
Parts-list
PL 4.2
September 2005
5-20
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
120E22121
130E82740
809E42201
126K16480
126K16490
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-21
Parts-list
PL 5.1
PL 6.1 Exit
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
059K31560
Parts-list
PL 6.1
September 2005
5-22
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 6.2 Exit 1
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Part
Description
036K91620
038E26723
059K31590
013E25550
013E25840
050E19802
054E23842
604K20390
059K26760
127K37951
604K20420
930W00113
962K15241
802E55150
105E12210
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-23
Parts-list
PL 6.2
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
003E60160
050E20010
054E24371
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
809E37170
20
Parts-list
PL 6.3
September 2005
5-24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
105E12940
604K20680
054E24331
059K26760
807E00180
604K20690
604K20700
003E60171
809E50210
120E22451
110E11580
121K32370
604K20430
121K31810
127K37951
604K20400
059E98780
809E37332
930W00113
962K18882
127K38261
930W00113
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-25
Parts-list
PL 6.4
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
003E60160
050E20010
054E24371
809E37170
20
Parts-list
PL 6.5
September 2005
5-26
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
105E12940
604K20680
054E24331
059K26760
807E00180
604K20690
604K20700
003E60171
809E50210
120E22451
110E11580
121K32370
604K20430
121K31810
604K20400
059E98780
809E37332
930W00113
962K18882
127K38261
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-27
Parts-list
PL 6.6
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
050K49741
962K13120
604K20410
120E22230
15
16
17
18
19
930W00113
802E55200
802E55211
604K20520
Parts-list
PL 7.1
September 2005
5-28
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
801K05760
007E79710
011E15150
019E56550
019K98720
032E21060
059K27140
121E92780
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
059K27150
807E02610
038E31200
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-29
Parts-list
PL 7.2
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Parts-list
PL 7.3
September 2005
5-30
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
059K31572
011E14581
011E14590
110E11580
120E21261
127K39480
160K94225
802E55170
930W00113
20
21
22
23
24
25
127E83681
054E26860
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-31
Parts-list
PL 8.1
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
604K20460
604K20470
Parts-list
PL 8.2
September 2005
5-32
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 9.1 Electrical
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
110E11230
160K94211
160K94205
960K09910
6
7
8
9
10
105E11370
105E11380
104E94080
101K45360
101K51660
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
908W01201
962K18690
117E22550
117E22550
117E10550
152S06001
152S06000
152S06003
152S06002
HVPS-Y1
Main Switch
Bracket (Not Spared)
Exit PWB
MCU PWB (23/28CPM
Model)(REP 9.1.1)
MCU PWB (33CPM Model)(REP
9.1.1)
PWB Support (Not Spared)
Bracket (Not Spared)
Power Unit-B1 (110/127V)
Power Unit-B1H (220/240V)
Choke Coil (220/240V)
Chassis Assembly AC XC (23/
28CPM Model)
Chassis Assembly AC XC (33CPM
Model)
Screw (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
Bracket (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
GFI Breaker
Wire Harness
Wire Harness (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
Outlet (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
Screw (Not Spared)
Holder (Not Spared)
Bracket (Not Spared)
110V Power Cord (US/Canada/etc)
110V Power Cord (DMO-W)
220V Power Cord (DMO-W)
220V Power Cord (UK)
220V Power Cord (Europe Generic)
220V Power Cord (Switzer land)
220V Power Cord (Denmark)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-33
Parts-list
PL 9.1
PL 9.2 ESS
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
160K91660
960K15700
133K23830
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
960K01120
160K94250
101K46110
101K46070
537K68270
Parts-list
PL 9.2
September 2005
5-34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
5
6
7
8
Part
Description
160K95903
160K97643
960K00333
117K35790
117K36490
117K36500
117K35800
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-35
Parts-list
PL 9.3
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
962K13510
962K13080
962K13090
962K13100
962K13240
962K13111
6
7
8
9
962K32120
962K13140
962K13200
962K13211
962K13250
962K32130
10
11
12
13
14
15
962K13301
962K19220
962K23600
962K13500
Parts-list
PL 9.4
September 2005
5-36
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
802E55221
802E55391
802E55430
802E55341
802E55191
802E55311
802K62050
110E94770
892E99040
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-37
Parts-list
PL 10.1
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
802E55230
802E55241
802E75270
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
802E55231
802E55411
802E55281
Parts-list
PL 10.2
September 2005
5-38
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 11.1 Platen/Cover
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
802K55690
802K59200
004E13450
802E54560
802E54551
802E54541
062K15572
11
086S16209
12
13
893E04480
893E04500
893E04490
893E04510
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-39
Parts-list
PL 11.1
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
802E55521
802K60061
802E55532
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
160K91630
110K11610
123K94950
960K02441
14
15
802E55550
16
17
18
19
20
21
802K64711
Panel (Center)
Panel (Left) (with Item4)
Panel (Right)
Contrast PWB (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2)
Panel Housing (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Adjust Pen (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21)
Control Panel PWB (P/O PL 11.2
Item 21)
Inverter PWB
Touch Panel
Display Assembly
Bracket (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21)
UI PWB
UI Base Frame (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
UI Top Cover
UI Lower Cover (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Support (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21)
Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Control Panel (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
Parts-list
PL 11.2
September 2005
5-40
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
090K02331
815E04811
160K99811
117E21630
7
8
090K93011
9
10
11
12
13
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-41
Parts-list
PL 11.3
Part
Description
062K14502
130K64150
130K64150
110K11960
130E85970
120E22030
130E85970
Parts-list
PL 11.4
September 2005
5-42
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
020E37030
604K20440
023E21210
13
127K38190
14
15
16
604K20510
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-43
Parts-list
PL 11.5
Part
Description
041K94470
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
117E21570
062E10800
122K93480
105E12140
041K94440
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Parts-list
PL 11.6
September 2005
5-44
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
050K49840
110K 11680
014E 51110
003E 61510
059K40370
059K40370
8
9
10
11
12
054E 25722
604K 20710
604K 20550
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-45
Parts-list
PL 12.1
Part
Description
1
2
3
604K20550
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
010E93341
604K20540
Parts-list
PL 12.2
September 2005
5-46
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
127K38170
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
120E22481
930W00113
930W00113
962K19691
962K18912
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
005K05890
005K06760
005K07010
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
604K20530
44
45
930W00211
46
113E37571
Description
Upper Frame (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor
Bracket (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Spacer (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Gear (31T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 12.3 Item
42)
Oneway Gear (P/O PL 12.3 Item
42)
Gear (33T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Bearing (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Shaft (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Front Chute (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Actuator
Tray 3/4 Level Sensor
Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor
Wire Harness (28CPM Model)
Wire Harness (33CPM Model)
Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item
42)
Gear (29T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Feed Roll (REP 12.3.1) (P/O PL
12.3 Item 43)
Oneway Clutch
Oneway Gear (22T)
Shaft (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Chute (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Friction Clutch
Support Assembly
Retard Roll (REP 12.3.1) (P/O PL
12.3 Item 43)
Spacer (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Support Assembly
Nudger Roll (REP 12.3.1) (P/O PL
12.3 Item 43)
Gear (25T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Bearing (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Gear (34T) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Lever (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Bearing (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Washer (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Lower Frame (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Holder (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Tray 3/4 Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
12.1 Item 11)(28CPM Model)
Tray 3/4 Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
12.1 Item 6)(33CPM Model)
Feeder Roll Kit (Feed/Nudger/
Retard)
Screw (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Tray3/4 Per Feed Sensor (33CPM
Model)
Harness Holder(CTR) (28CPM
Model) (P/O PL 12.3 Item 42)
Harness Holder(CTR) (33CPM
Model)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-47
Parts-list
PL 12.3
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
802K 53502
059E98190
830E45710
110E10620
16
17
Parts-list
PL 12.4
September 2005
5-48
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
130K64121
962K18171
130K64471
962K18900
059K26250
9
10
604K20720
11
807E08650
12
059K40380
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-49
Parts-list
PL 12.5
PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray
Item
Part
Description
160K97456
960K05030
121K31530
3
4
5
6
7
007K89301
007K93800
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
962K18162
962K30410
604K20720
17
18
127K48490
19
Parts-list
PL 12.6
September 2005
5-50
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Part
Description
802E54750
802E54762
802E54771
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-51
Parts-list
PL 12.7
Part
Description
050K49430
2
3
050K49410
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
110K11820
059E98210
059E98210
604K20550
Parts-list
PL 13.1
September 2005
5-52
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
006K23011
020E36560
032E20890
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
003E49861
030K75540
29
30
31
604K20730
604K20750
604K20740
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-53
Parts-list
PL 13.2
Part
Description
1
2
059K26340
4
5
6
7
8
006K23011
020E36820
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
007E78390
003E49861
27
28
29
30
604K20730
604K20750
607K20740
Parts-list
PL 13.3
September 2005
5-54
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
059K26350
059E98860
059K26953
059K42530
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
930W00212
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-55
Parts-list
PL 13.4
Part
Description
059K26953
059K42530
2
3
059K26250
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
962K18171
130K64121
054E25722
12
807E08650
13
059K40380
Parts-list
PL 13.5
September 2005
5-56
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
127K38170
014E44770
9
10
11
12
13
14
120E22481
930W00113
15
16
17
930W00113
962K19691
962K18912
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
005K05890
005K06760
054E23170
005K07010
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
604K20530
44
45
930W00211
46
113E37571
Description
Upper Frame (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor
Bracket (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Spacer
Gear (31T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 13.6 Item
42)
Oneway Gear (P/O PL 13.6 Item
42)
Gear (33T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Bearing (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Shaft (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Front Chute (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Actuator
Tray 3/4 Level Sensor (P/O PL 13.6
Item 42)
Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor
Wire Harness (28CPM Model)
Wire Harness (33CPM Model)
Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item
42)
Gear (29T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Feed Roll (REP 12.3.1) (P/O PL
13.6 Item 43)
Oneway Clutch
Oneway Gear (22T)
Shaft (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Chute
Spring (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Friction Clutch
Support Assembly (P/O PL 13.6
Item 42)
Retard Roll (REP 12.3.1) (P/O PL
13.6 Item 43)
Spacer (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Gear (13T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Support Assembly
Nudger Roll (REP 12.3.1) (P/O PL
13.6 Item 43)
Gear (25T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Bearing (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Gear (34T) (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Lever (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Bearing (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Washer (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Lower Frame (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Holder (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Spring (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Tray 3/4 Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
13.5 Item 1)
Feeder Roll Kit (Feed/Nudger/
Retard)
Screw (P/O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Tray3/4 Pre Feed Sensor (33CPM
Model)
Harness Holder (28CPM Model) (P/
O PL 13.6 Item 42)
Harness Holder (33CPM Model)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-57
Parts-list
PL 13.6
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
802K53485
059E98190
830E45710
110E10620
16
17
Parts-list
PL 13.7
September 2005
5-58
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
007K89301
007K93800
4
5
160K97456
960K05030
6
7
121K31530
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
127K48490
23
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-59
Parts-list
PL 13.8
Part
Description
802E54750
802E54771
802E54762
Right Cover
Top Cover (Not Spared)
Foot Cover (Not Spared)
Rear Cover
Left Lower Cover
Caster (S) (Not Spared)
Caster (Not Spared)
Foot (Not Spared)
Foot Cover (Not Spared)
Parts-list
PL 13.9
September 2005
5-60
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-61
Parts-list
PL 14.1
Part
Description
004K02144
059K31410
Parts-list
PL 15.1
September 2005
5-62
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
801K05633
050K49716
4
5
6
7
8
802E57292
802E57441
9
10
11
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-63
Parts-list
PL 15.2
Part
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
028E94260
28
29
036K91551
30
036K91561
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
117E21621
160K97876
962K19790
Parts-list
PL 15.3
Description
DADF Base Cover (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
Gate Pad (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Seal (Chute:Front) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
Seal (Chute:Rear) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
Cushion (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
Seal (Registration:Front) (P/O PL
15.2 Item 1)
Seal (Registration:Rear) (P/O PL
15.2 Item 1)
Magnet (Interlock) (Install with the
white paint on N side facing outward) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Tapping Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Holder (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Pinch Roll (Exit) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
Bearing (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Pinch Roll (Registration:Plastics)
(P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Pinch Roll (Registration:Plastics)
(P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Spring (Length:20mm) (Marking for
identification) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber) (P/O
PL 15.2 Item 1)
Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber) (P/O
PL 15.2 Item 1)
Spring (Length:17mm) (P/O PL
15.2 Item 1)
Pad (Sensor) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
KL-Clip
Lever (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Left Counter Balance (Panel Pressure Strong) (REP 15.3.2)
Right Counter Balance (Panel
Pressure Weak) (REP 15.3.3)
IIT-DADF Cable
Clamp (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1)
PWB Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Bush (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Earth Wire (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
Wire Harness (Feeder Front)
September 2005
5-64
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
059K36724
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
019K98770
019K99070
962K19731
962K19740
962K19750
23
24
059K31315
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-65
Parts-list
PL 15.4
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
059K31290
127K38410
930W00111
962K19703
11
12
059K31263
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
028E94260
Parts-list
PL 15.5
September 2005
5-66
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
807E00550
25
26
27
28
29
30
007K88751
604K20760
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-67
Parts-list
PL 15.6
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
110K11981
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
930W00111
930W00111
930W00111
930W00111
930W00111
130E87400
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
962K19721
121K31912
160K97600
604K20770
Parts-list
PL 15.7
September 2005
5-68
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
930W00111
604K20780
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-69
Parts-list
PL 15.8
Part
Description
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
127K38440
930W00111
423W08055
423W29955
127K38460
809E50761
Parts-list
PL 15.9
September 2005
5-70
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
120E22370
809E51860
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
930W00111
930W00111
930W00111
130E87410
130E87410
105E06910
20
21
22
962K19711
23
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-71
Parts-list
PL 15.10
Part
Description
1
2
022K67720
4
5
604K20790
6
7
8
9
10
050E19620
Parts-list
PL 16.1
September 2005
5-72
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-73
Parts-list
PL 16.2
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
127K39900
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
130K88780
130K63280
130K88790
962K24360
Parts-list
PL 16.3
September 2005
5-74
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 16.4 Cover
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Part
Description
802E28560
802E64390
802E64400
802K65090
802E28550
Front Cover
Rear Cover (REP 16.4.2)
Top Cover
Left Cover
Front Door
Left Panel (Not Spared)
Hinge (Not Spared)
Magnet (Not Spared)
Label (Not Spared)
Label (Not Spared)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-75
Parts-list
PL 16.4
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
802K28570
022K61480
130K61920
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
130E82530
121K34190
007K86910
006K23710
022K67800
Parts-list
PL 16.5
September 2005
5-76
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
022K67450
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
127K32840
604K20490
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-77
Parts-list
PL 16.6
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
015K65440
020E34970
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
127K39930
007E67800
130K88780
962K28400
130K88780
Parts-list
PL 16.7
September 2005
5-78
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part
Description
1
2
041K94260
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
127K32860
130K88770
130K88770
029K91990
050K48750
Carriage Assembly
Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 16.8
Item 1)
Staple Move Motor
Gear (P/O PL 16.8 Item 1)
Staple Move Sensor
Roll (P/O PL 16.8 Item 1)
Staple Front Corner Sensor
Plate (Not Spared)
Rail (REP 16.8.1) (Not Spared)
Staple Assembly (REP 16.8.2)
Staple (P/O PL 16.8 Item 10)
Staple Cartridge
Bracket (Not Spared)
Wire Harness (Not Spared)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-79
Parts-list
PL 16.8
Part
Description
050K50830
2
3
4
5
6
7
127K39920
130K88770
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
130K88780
120E24490
Parts-list
PL 16.9
September 2005
5-80
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 16.10 Elevator
Item
Part
Description
127K39910
3
4
5
6
7
8
007E67830
007E67840
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
015K51640
130K88770
130K88770
19
20
21
22
23
24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-81
Parts-list
PL 16.10
PL 16.11 Exit
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Part
Description
006K23730
022K65140
022K67460
130K94740
Parts-list
PL 16.11
September 2005
5-82
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 16.12 Electrical
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
960K01650
537K68530
540K01880
110E97990
6
7
962K27330
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-83
Parts-list
PL 16.12
PL 16.13 LVPS
Item
1
2
3
4
Part
Description
105K21000
105K20990
962K27340
Parts-list
PL 16.13
September 2005
5-84
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 16.14 Rack
Item
1
2
3
4
Part
Description
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-85
Parts-list
PL 16.14
Common Hardware
Item
Part
Description
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AP
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AV
AW
AX
AY
AZ
BA
112W 27677
112W 27678
112W 27851
112W 27898
113W 15488
113W 20678
113W 20857
113W 21278
113W 21778
113W 27688
113W 36278
114W 27678
141W 35651
153W 17688
153W 17888
153W 18088
153W 27678
153W 27878
158W 27655
158W 27663
158W 27677
158W 27678
158W 27855
158W 27863
158W 27878
158W 28078
158W 28255
158W 28278
158W 35678
220W 21278
271W 21250
285W 16251
285W 28051
354W 15251
354W 15278
354W 21251
354W 21278
354W 24251
354W 24254
354W 24278
354W 26278
354W 27251
354W 27254
354W 27278
354W 28278
354W 29251
354W 29278
251W 21278
113W 27651
Parts-list
Common Hardware
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BJ
BK
BL
BM
BN
BP
BQ
BR
BS
BT
BU
BV
BW
BX
BY
BZ
CA
CB
CC
CH
September 2005
5-86
112W 27659
113W 16088
113W 20688
113W 27551
141W 27451
153W 15888
153W 16288
158W 35878
271W 16050
285W 16051
153W 17655
153W 17855
252W 29450
158W 36255
354W 26251
153W 27855
113W 20457
113W 27451
113W 20657
112W 35651
112W 27859
158W 28678
285W 21851
252W 26450
251W 19278
113W 21478
354W13278
Screw (M3x6)
Screw (M2x10)
Screw (M2.5x6)
Screw (M3x5)
Setscrew (M3x4)
Tapping Screw (M4x12)
Tapping Screw (M4x12)
Screw (M4x8)
Dowel Pin (2x10)
Spring Pin (2x10)
Tapping Screw (M3x6)
Tapping Screw (M3x8)
Nylon Washer (8) (t 1)
Screw (M4x12)
E-Clip (5)
Tapping Screw (M3x8)
Screw (M3x4)
Screw (M3x4)
Screw (M3x6)
Screw (M4x6)
Screw (M3x8)
Screw (M3x16)
Spring Pin (2.5x20)
Nylon Washer (5) (t 1)
Washer (2.5) (t 0.5)
Screw (M3x14)
E-Clip (1.5)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part Number
Part List
010E 93341
PL 12.2
Part Number
Part List
011E 14581
PL 8.1
003E 49861
PL 13.2
011E 14590
PL 8.1
PL 13.3
011E 15150
PL 7.2
003E 58700
PL 2.1
012K 94341
PL 2.6
003E 59832
PL 2.8
013E 22021
PL 6.2
003E 60160
PL 6.3
013E 25550
PL 6.2
PL 6.5
013E 25840
PL 6.2
003E 60171
PL 6.4
013E 26060
PL 2.4
PL 6.6
013E 26090
PL 1.1
003E 61510
PL 12.1
004E 13450
PL 11.1
013E 26760
PL 2.4
004K 02144
PL 15.1
013E 26990
PL 2.5
PL 2.4
005E 17860
PL 1.1
013R 00589
PL 4.1
005K 05890
PL 2.3
014E 44710
PL 2.1
PL 12.3
014E 44770
PL 13.6
PL 13.6
014E 51110
PL 12.1
PL 2.3
015K 51640
PL 16.10
PL 12.3
015K 61010
PL 2.5
PL 13.6
015K 65440
PL 16.7
005K 06760
005K 07010
PL 2.3
019E 56550
PL 7.2
PL 12.3
019K 98720
PL 7.2
PL 13.6
019K 98770
PL 15.4
PL 13.2
019K 99070
PL 15.4
PL 13.3
020E 34970
PL 16.7
006K 23710
PL 16.5
020E 36560
PL 13.2
006K 23730
PL 16.11
020E 36820
PL 13.3
007E 67800
PL 16.7
020E 37030
PL 11.5
007E 67830
PL 16.10
022K 61480
PL 16.5
007E 67840
PL 16.10
022K 65140
PL 16.11
007E 78390
PL 13.3
022K 67450
PL 16.6
007E 79270
PL 2.5
022K 67460
PL 16.11
007E 79320
PL 2.4
022K 67720
PL 16.1
007E 79710
PL 7.2
022K 67800
PL 16.5
007K 86910
PL 16.5
023E 21210
PL 11.5
007K 88583
PL 1.1
028E 94260
PL 15.3
007K 88751
PL 15.6
007K 89301
PL 12.6
029K 91990
PL 16.8
PL 13.8
030K 75540
PL 13.2
PL 12.6
032E 20890
PL 13.2
PL 13.8
032E 21060
PL 7.2
006K 23011
007K 93800
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 16.5
September 2005
5-87
Parts-list
Part List
Part List
032K 96940
PL 4.2
059E 98370
PL 2.5
036K 91551
PL 15.3
059E 98590
PL 2.4
059E 98780
PL 6.4
036K 91561
PL 15.3
036K 91620
PL 6.2
038E 26723
PL 6.2
059E 98860
PL 13.4
038E 31200
PL 7.2
059K 26250
PL 12.5
041K 94260
PL 16.8
041K 94440
PL 11.6
059K 26340
PL 13.3
041K 94470
PL 11.6
059K 26350
PL 13.4
050E 19620
PL 16.1
059K 26760
PL 6.2
050E 19802
PL 6.2
050E 20010
PL 6.3
PL 6.6
PL 13.5
PL 6.4
PL 6.6
PL 6.5
059K 26840
PL 2.5
059K 26953
PL 2.1
050K 48750
PL 16.8
050K 49410
PL 13.1
PL 2.1
050K 49430
PL 13.1
PL 13.4
050K 49716
PL 15.2
050K 49741
PL 7.1
059K 27140
PL 7.2
050K 49840
PL 2.1
059K 27150
PL 7.2
PL 12.1
059K 31021
PL 2.4
050K 50830
PL 16.9
059K 31263
PL 16.5
PL 13.5
054E 23170
PL 13.6
059K 31290
PL 16.5
054E 23842
PL 6.2
059K 31315
PL 15.4
054E 23910
PL 2.4
059K 31410
PL 15.1
054E 23940
PL 2.4
059K 31572
PL 8.1
054E 23950
PL 2.8
059K 31590
PL 6.2
054E 24331
PL 6.4
059K 36724
PL 15.4
PL 6.6
059K 36990
PL 6.1
054E 24371
PL 6.3
059K 40370
PL 12.5
054E 25722
PL 12.1
PL 6.5
PL 13.5
059K 42520
PL 2.1
PL 13.5
PL 2.1
054K 23940
PL 2.4
PL 13.4
054K 24051
PL 2.6
054K 24060
PL 2.8
062E 10800
054K 24090
PL 2.1
062K 13580
PL 3.1
054K 27050
PL 2.1
062K 14502
PL 11.4
059E 98190
PL 12.4
062K 15572
PL 11.1
PL 13.7
086S 16209
PL 11.1
PL 13.1
090K 02331
PL 11.3
PL 13.1
090K 93011
PL 11.3
059E 98210
Parts-list
PL 13.5
September 2005
5-88
PL 11.6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part List
Part List
101K 45360
PL 9.1
117K 36500
PL 9.3
101K 46070
PL 9.2
120E 21261
PL 8.1
PL 11.4
101K 46110
PL 9.2
120E 22030
101K 51660
PL 9.1
120E 22121
PL 5.1
104E 94080
PL 9.1
120E 22230
PL 7.1
105E 06910
PL 15.10
120E 22370
PL 15.10
105E 11370
PL 9.1
120E 22451
PL 6.4
105E 11380
PL 9.1
105E 11410
PL 9.1
120E 22481
PL 2.3
PL 6.6
105E 12140
PL 11.6
105E 12210
PL 6.2
105E 12940
PL 6.4
120E 24490
PL 6.6
121E 92780
PL 7.2
105K 20990
PL 16.13
121K 31530
PL 12.6
105K 21000
PL 16.13
110E 10620
PL 12.4
121K 31640
PL 2.4
PL 13.7
121K 31810
PL 6.4
PL 12.3
PL 13.6
PL 16.9
PL 13.8
110E 11230
PL 9.1
110E 11580
PL 6.4
121K 31912
PL 15.7
PL 6.6
121K 32370
PL 6.4
121K 32660
PL 2.4
PL 6.6
PL 8.1
PL 6.6
110E 94770
PL 2.6
PL 10.1
121K 32730
PL 2.4
110E 97990
PL 16.12
121K 34190
PL 16.5
110K 11610
PL 11.2
122K 93480
PL 11.6
110K 11680
PL 2.1
123K 94950
PL 11.2
PL 2.1
126K 16480
PL 5.1
PL 12.1
126K 16490
PL 5.1
110K 11810
PL 4.2
127K 32840
PL 16.6
110K 11820
PL 13.1
127K 32860
PL 16.8
110K 11960
PL 11.4
127K 37880
PL 4.2
110K 11981
PL 15.7
127K 37951
PL 6.2
117E 10550
PL 9.1
117E 21570
PL 11.6
127K 38040
PL 4.2
127K 38170
PL 12.3
PL 6.4
117E 21621
PL 15.3
117E 21630
PL 11.3
117E 22550
PL 9.1
127K 38190
PL 11.5
PL 9.1
127K 38261
PL 6.4
PL 13.6
117K 35790
PL 9.3
117K 35800
PL 9.3
127K 38410
PL 15.5
117K 36490
PL 9.3
127K 38440
PL 15.9
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 6.6
September 2005
5-89
Parts-list
Part List
Part List
127K 38460
PL 15.9
160K 94205
PL 9.1
127K 39480
PL 8.1
160K 94211
PL 9.1
127K 39900
PL 16.3
160K 94225
PL 8.1
127K 39910
PL 16.10
160K 94250
PL 9.2
160K 95830
PL 4.2
127K 39920
PL 16.9
127K 39930
PL 16.7
127K 45361
PL 1.1
160K 95903
PL 9.3
130E 82740
PL 5.1
160K 97456
PL 12.6
130E 85970
PL 11.4
PL 4.2
PL 13.8
PL 11.4
160K 97600
130E 87400
PL 15.7
160K 97643
PL 9.3
130E 87410
PL 15.10
160K 97876
PL 15.3
PL 11.3
PL 15.7
PL 15.10
160K 99811
130K 61920
PL 16.5
162K 56100
PL 2.4
130K 63280
PL 16.3
413W 11860
PL 2.5
130K 64121
PL 12.5
423W 08055
PL 15.9
PL 13.5
423W 29955
PL 15.9
PL 11.4
537K 68270
PL 9.2
PL 11.4
537K 68530
PL 16.12
PL 16.12
130K 64150
130K 64261
PL 2.5
540K 01880
130K 64270
PL 2.4
604K 20390
PL 6.2
130K 64471
PL 12.5
604K 20400
PL 6.4
604K 20410
PL 7.1
130K 87980
PL 4.2
130K 88770
PL 16.8
PL 6.6
PL 16.8
604K 20420
PL 6.2
PL 16.9
604K 20430
PL 6.4
604K 20440
PL 11.5
PL 16.10
PL 16.10
130K 88780
PL 6.6
PL 16.3
604K 20460
PL 8.2
PL 16.7
604K 20470
PL 8.2
PL 16.7
604K 20490
PL 16.6
PL 16.9
604K 20500
PL 1.1
130K 88790
PL 16.3
604K 20510
PL 11.5
130K 94740
PL 16.11
604K 20520
PL 7.1
133K 23830
PL 9.2
604K 20530
PL 2.3
152S 06000
PL 9.1
152S 06001
PL 9.1
152S 06002
PL 9.1
152S 06003
PL 9.1
160K 91630
PL 11.2
160K 91660
PL 9.2
Parts-list
PL 12.3
PL 13.6
604K 20540
PL 2.2
PL 12.2
604K 20550
PL 2.1
PL 12.1
September 2005
5-90
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part List
Part Number
Part List
PL 12.2
802E 55241
PL 10.2
PL 13.1
802E 55270
PL 10.2
PL 6.4
802E 55281
PL 10.2
PL 6.6
802E 55311
PL 10.1
PL 6.4
802E 55341
PL 10.1
PL 6.6
802E 55391
PL 10.1
PL 6.4
802E 55411
PL 10.2
PL 6.6
802E 55430
PL 10.1
604K 20710
PL 12.1
802E 55521
PL 11.2
604K 20720
PL 12.5
802E 55532
PL 11.2
PL 12.6
802E 55550
PL 11.2
PL 13.2
802E 55701
PL 2.5
PL 13.3
802E 57292
PL 15.2
604K 20740
PL 13.2
802E 57441
PL 15.2
604K 20750
PL 13.2
802E 64390
PL 16.4
PL 13.3
802E 64400
PL 16.4
604K 20760
PL 15.6
802E 75231
PL 10.2
604K 20770
PL 15.7
802K 28570
PL 16.5
604K 20780
PL 15.8
802K 49240
PL 2.6
604K 20790
PL 16.1
802K 53485
PL 13.7
604K 20680
604K 20690
604K 20700
604K 20730
607K 20740
PL 13.3
802K 53502
PL 12.4
801K 05633
PL 15.2
802K 55690
PL 11.1
801K 05760
PL 7.2
802K 56093
PL 2.6
802E 28550
PL 16.4
802K 58260
PL 2.6
802E 28560
PL 16.4
802K 59200
PL 11.1
802E 54540
PL 11.1
802K 60061
PL 11.2
802E 54550
PL 11.1
802K 62050
PL 10.1
802E 54560
PL 11.1
802K 64100
PL 4.1
802E 54750
PL 12.7
802K 64711
PL 11.2
PL 13.9
802K 65090
PL 16.4
802E 54762
PL 12.7
802K 65582
PL 2.8
PL 13.9
807E 00180
PL 6.4
807E 00550
PL 15.6
802E 54771
PL 12.7
PL 13.9
PL 6.6
802E 55150
PL 6.2
807E 02610
PL 7.2
802E 55170
PL 8.1
807E 08690
PL 1.1
809E 37170
PL 6.3
809E 37332
PL 6.4
809E 42201
PL 5.1
802E 55191
PL 10.1
802E 55200
PL 7.1
802E 55211
PL 7.1
802E 55221
PL 10.1
802E 55230
PL 10.2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
PL 6.5
PL 6.6
September 2005
5-91
Parts-list
Part List
809E 50210
PL 6.4
Part List
PL 13.6
PL 6.6
930W 00212
809E 50761
PL 15.9
960K 00333
PL 9.3
809E 51860
PL 15.10
960K 01120
PL 9.2
815E 04811
PL 11.3
960K 01650
PL 16.12
830E 45710
PL 12.4
960K 02441
PL 11.2
PL 13.7
960K 05030
PL 12.6
PL 13.4
849E 13981
PL 2.8
892E 99040
PL 10.1
960K 09910
PL 9.1
893E 04480
PL 11.1
960K 15700
PL 9.2
PL 13.8
893E 04490
PL 11.1
962K 13060
PL 4.2
893E 04500
PL 11.1
962K 13080
PL 9.4
893E 04510
PL 11.1
962K 13090
PL 9.4
908W 01201
PL 9.1
962K 13100
PL 9.4
927W 00111
PL 3.1
962K 13111
PL 9.4
930W 00111
PL 16.5
962K 13120
PL 7.1
930W 00113
PL 15.7
962K 13140
PL 9.4
PL 15.7
962K 13200
PL 9.4
PL 15.7
962K 13211
PL 9.4
PL 15.7
962K 13240
PL 9.4
PL 15.7
962K 13250
PL 9.4
PL 15.8
962K 13301
PL 9.4
PL 15.9
962K 13500
PL 9.4
PL 15.10
962K 13510
PL 9.4
PL 15.10
962K 15241
PL 6.2
PL 15.10
962K 18162
PL 12.6
PL 2.3
962K 18171
PL 12.5
PL 2.3
PL 13.5
PL 6.2
962K 18690
PL 9.1
PL 6.4
962K 18882
PL 6.4
PL 6.6
962K 18900
PL 12.5
PL 7.1
962K 18912
PL 2.3
PL 6.4
PL 6.6
PL 8.1
PL 2.3
PL 12.3
PL 13.6
PL 12.3
962K 19220
PL 9.4
PL 13.6
962K 19691
PL 2.3
PL 13.6
930W 00211
Parts-list
PL 12.3
PL 2.3
PL 13.6
PL 2.4
962K 19703
PL 16.5
PL 12.3
962K 19711
PL 15.10
September 2005
5-92
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part List
962K 19721
PL 15.7
962K 19731
PL 15.4
962K 19740
PL 15.4
962K 19750
PL 15.4
962K 19790
PL 15.3
962K 23460
PL 2.5
962K 23600
PL 9.4
962K 24360
PL 16.3
962K 27330
PL 16.12
962K 27340
PL 16.13
962K 28400
PL 16.7
962K 30410
PL 12.6
962K 32120
PL 9.4
962K 32130
PL 9.4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
5-93
Parts-list
Parts-list
September 2005
5-94
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Various Reports
Jam Report......................................................................................................................
Failure Report..................................................................................................................
Shutdown Report.............................................................................................................
6-117
6-117
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-9
6-10
6-19
6-30
Diagnostics (Others)
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data ....................................................................................
Reading HFSI..................................................................................................................
Initialize HFSI Counters...................................................................................................
Adjust Toner Density .......................................................................................................
Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment ..................................................................................
Initialize NVM ..................................................................................................................
Component Control .........................................................................................................
Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ........................................................................................
Test Pattern Print ............................................................................................................
Webpage Administrator Password ..................................................................................
Center Tray Offsetting .....................................................................................................
E-Mail Icon ......................................................................................................................
FAX Output Separation ...................................................................................................
6-77
6-78
6-79
6-82
6-83
6-84
6-86
6-95
6-96
6-98
6-99
6-99
6-100
General Procedures
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP ......................................................................................
GP 2 Fax Diagnostics......................................................................................................
GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password ...................................................................
GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs..........................................................................................
GP 5 Printing Reports .....................................................................................................
GP 6 Special Boot Modes ...............................................................................................
GP 7 Country Code Setting.............................................................................................
GP 8 Firmware Version ...................................................................................................
6-101
6-102
6-104
6-104
6-105
6-106
6-107
6-108
General Information
Space Requirements.......................................................................................................
Product Specs. ................................................................................................................
Common Tools ................................................................................................................
Product Tools and Test Patterns.....................................................................................
Log Book Storage............................................................................................................
Cleaning Materials...........................................................................................................
Machine Consumables....................................................................................................
Glossary of Terms ...........................................................................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
6-109
6-110
6-112
6-113
6-113
6-114
6-114
6-115
September 2005
6-1
September 2005
6-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
UI Diagnostic Mode
Procedure
Access UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below.
Entering UI Diagnostics
1.
At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 5 seconds, then press the Start button
while still pressing the 0 key.
The CE Mode - Password Entry screen will appear.
2.
2.
3.
4.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
5.
The following Diagnostics Routines can be accessed from the UI screen. (Figure 1)
a.
NVM Read/Write
b.
c.
d.
Component Control
Sub System
Software Options
Fax Diagnostics
e.
Initialize NVM
f.
Adjustment/Others
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-3
UI Diagnostic Mode
2.
After entering the Access Number, press the Machine Status button on the Control
Panel.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
HFSI Report
Jam Report
Shutdown Report
Failure Report
Select the required report and press the Start button. The selected report will be printed.
Exiting UI Diagnostics
CAUTION
Ensure that the machine is not inadvertently left in UI Diagnostics.
There are three ways to exit from UI Diagnostics.
Press Close to exit any of the service screens that were opened.
When the reversed-color Copy Mode screen is displayed, press the Start button
while the 0 key is pressed.
If the Restart button is displayed on the screen, pressing the button will exit UI Diagnostics and restart the operation.
UI Diagnostic Mode
September 2005
6-4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Jam Report
Purpose
To check the frequency of jams.
Print Contents
Perform following to print Jam Report
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-5
Jam Report
Failure Report
Purpose
To display the frequency of failures.
Print Contents
Report Name: Failure Report
Perform following to print Failure Report.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Failure Report
September 2005
6-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Shutdown Report
Purpose
To output the history that was registered in advance.
Print Contents
Perform following to print Shutdown Report.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-7
Shutdown Report
Shutdown Report
September 2005
6-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
NVM Read/Write
Purpose
Component Item
IOT/IIT/Controller
Controller
770
Scan Service
Controller
770, 840
Procedure
IOT
Controller
780
1.
IIT
Controller
785
a.
UI
Controller
790
b.
Copy Service
Controller
790, 810
Print Service
Controller
800, 806
2.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
Fax Service
Controller
3.
iFax Service
Controller
830
Diagnostics
Controller
870, 900
Reading NVM
1.
2.
Select Confirm/Change.
3.
Writing NVM
1.
2.
Select Save.
3.
Component Item
IOT/IIT/Controller
ESS IF
IOT
740
Recycle
IOT
740
Billing
IOT
740
Drive
IOT
741
NOHAD
IOT
741
PH
IOT
EXIT
IOT
742, 764
Tray
IOT
742
Fuser
IOT
744
ROS
IOT
749
Process Control
IOT
Xero
IOT
751
CRU
IOT
751
Finisher
IOT
764
DADF
IIT
711
IISS (DADF)
IIT
710
IISS
IIT
715
IISS (Config)
IIT
719
Common
Controller
700
Meter Counter
Controller
720
Stored Data
Controller
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-9
NVM Read/Write
ChainLink
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
740-001
0~99
Controller will write in the optional value when System Data setting is completed.
740-007
MCU VERSION
0~1
Not available
740-008
0~99
Not available
740-009
0~99
Not available
740-010
DM ROM Version
0~99
Not available
740-011
0~99
Not available
740-012
Exit Version
0~99
Not available
740-013
0~99
Not available
740-022
0~99
Not available
740-023
0~99
Not available
740-024
0~99
Not available
740-025
0~99
Not available
740-026
0~99
Not available
740-027
0~99
Not available
740-028
0~99
Not available
740-029
0~99
Not available
740-030
0~99
Not available
740-031
0~99
Not available
740-082
0~99
Not available
740-083
0~99
Not available
740-084
0~99
Not available
740-088
TM-Version
0~99
Not available
740-089
TM-Release Number
0~99
Not available
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
740-565
0~1
Displays whether the Billing Counter Number NVM was written more than 4,000,000
times. 0: Not exceeded, 1: Exceeded
September 2005
6-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
741-001
24
0~53
0.1
Diag50-28 Adjust Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time. Min(0)=-2.7%,
Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0%
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
741-509
Non-condensation mode
0~1
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
740-090
Output Tray
0~4
742-003
0~1
0: Enable 1: Disable
742-006
33
0~66
0.2175mm
742-012
24
0~66
0.435mm
742-015
87
37~137
3.0ms
Not available
742-018
11
0~41
3.0ms
Not available
742-027
33
0~66
0.2175mm
742-030
33
0~66
0.435mm
742-090
0~127
Bit0: Not available Bit1: Not available Bit2: Not available Bit3: Not available Bit4: FEED
OUT#4 SENSOR Bit5: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR Bit6: FEED OUT#2 SENSOR Bit7: * The
meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.
742-091
0~127
Bit0: Not available Bit1: Not available Bit2: DM WAIT SENSOR Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR
Bit7: EXIT#1 SENSOR Bit6: REGI SENSOR * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1:
Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.
742-093
0~63
Bit0: Fin H-X'port Ent. SENSOR Bit1: Fin H-X'port EXIT SENSOR Bit2: Fin X'port
Ent.SENSOR Bit3: Fin Buffer PATH SENSOR Bit4: COMPILE TRAY EXIT PATH SENSOR Bit5: Not available Bit6: Top Tray Exit Sensor * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of
paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.
760-001
33
0~66
0.2175mm
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-11
Table 5 PH
ChainLink
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
760-002
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-003
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-005
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-006
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-007
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-008
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-009
12
0~66
0.435mm
760-010
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-011
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-012
0~99
0.2175mm
Not available
760-016
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-017
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-018
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-019
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-020
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-021
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-022
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-023
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-024
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-025
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-026
0~66
0.435mm
760-027
0~66
0.435mm
760-028
0~66
0.435mm
760-029
0~66
0.435mm
760-031
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-032
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-033
33
0~66
0.2175mm
September 2005
6-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 5 PH
ChainLink
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
760-034
33
0~66
0.2175mm
760-035
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-036
33
0~66
0.435mm
760-037
24
0~66
0.435mm
760-038
24
0~66
0.435mm
760-039
0~66
0.435mm
760-040
0~66
0.435mm
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
742-098
0~1
0: Disable Face Down Tray#2 1: Enable Face Down Tray#2 1 is taken with M0.
742-099
0~1
742-100
0~1
0: Type A (Enable Inverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2) 1: Type B (Enable Inverter and
OCT2 and FDT#2)
764-001
0~30
1sec
Time from the Full Stack Sensor detecting paper until the bin becomes full. This diagnostic will not function if either L. Diag 20-25 or L. Diag 20-26 is set at 00.
764-002
0~30
1sec
(After Face Down Tray becomes full) Time from the Full Stack Sensor stops detecting
paper until the bin is reset. This diagnostic will not function if either L. Diag 20-25 or L.
Diag 20-26 is set at 00.
764-005
0~2
0: No Offset 1: Front Offset 2: Rear Offset Applies only when the Output Tray is set to
FACE DOWN TRAY#1 & #2.
Chain-Link Name
Default
Range
742-001
742-002
742-004
0~247
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use
742-005
0~99
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", "1-181"and "433499"=cannot use
742-007
0~247
1mm
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1 Count
Remarks
0~247
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use
0~99
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "98 - 432"="98mm - 432mm", "1-97"and "433499"=cannot use
September 2005
6-13
Table 7 TRAY
Chain-Link Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
742-008
0~99
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", "1-181"and "433499"=cannot use
742-009
Enable Tray4
0~1
742-010
0~247
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm", "1-89"=cannot use
742-011
0~99
1mm
0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", "1-181"and "433499"=cannot use
742-013
90~247
1mm
742-014
0~99
1mm
742-016
90~247
1mm
742-017
0~99
1mm
742-019
90~247
1mm
742-020
0~99
1mm
742-022
90~247
1mm
742-023
0~99
1mm
742-028
15
0~30
1mm
See Diag 20-5 20-6 MSI Side Guide Adjustment Min(0)=0mm, Max(30)=30mm, Initial(15)=15mm
742-075
0~1
0: Thicker than 70gsm for multinational market 1: 70gsm or under for domestic market
742-087
39~247
1mm
742-102
0~99
1mm
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
744-006
45
0~99
1 deg.C
Nominal=175 deg.C
744-010
20
0~99
1 deg.C
Nominal=180 deg.C
744-043
35
0~70
1 deg.C
Nominal=165 deg.C
744-061
15
0~40
1 deg.C
Nominal=15 deg.C
744-065
15
0~40
1 deg.C
Nominal=15 deg.C
744-080
Fuser SSTSctrlExceTM(t13)
30
0~99
1sec
Nominal=30sec
744-081
Fuser SSTSctrlExceAppP(M)
10
0~99
1page
Nominal=10page
744-133
0~99
1 deg.C
Nominal=80 deg.C
September 2005
6-14
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 FUSER
ChainLink
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
744-134
69
0~70
1 deg.C
Nominal=199 deg.C
744-135
50
0~70
1 deg.C
Nominal=200 deg.C
744-180
0~99
1.5ms
10.5 ms
744-181
13
0~99
1.5ms
19.5 ms
744-182
15
0~99
40ms
744-183
30
0~99
40ms
744-184
12
0~99
40ms
744-220
0~99
0: Reset, 1: FS1 Detected over temp, 2: FS2 Detected over temp, 3: ON time fail, 5: Cold
Sagging fail (Only reset is possible in the diagnostics mode.)
744-301
15
0~30
1 deg.C
Nominal=15 deg.C
744-302
10
0~30
1 deg.C
Nominal=180 deg.C
744-303
0~20
1 deg.C
Nominal=199 deg.C
744-304
15
0~35
1 deg.C
Nominal=175 deg.C
744-305
30
0~40
1 deg.C
Nominal=180 deg.C
744-306
10
0~99
1sec
Nominal=10sec
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
749-001
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-002
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-003
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-004
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-005
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-007
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-009
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-010
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-011
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-012
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-013
50
0~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-014
50
1~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-015
50
1~99
0.254mm
Not available
749-516
IMAGE AREA
0~1
749-522
50
0~99
0.2175mm
Not available
749-523
0~16
0.254mm
Nominal=2.032mm
749-524
0~16
0.217mm
Nominal=1.953mm
749-527
0~18
0.217mm
Nominal=1.953mm
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-15
Name
Range
1 Count
Remarks
751-005
0~1
752-003
70
00~99
Not available
752-006
0~99
752-007
0~4
752-503
0~1
Not available
752-504
0~1
Not available
752-509
Toner Empty
0~1
0: Normal, 1: Abnormal
752-523
Current Humidity
0~99
Not available
752-541
0~99
Not available
752-725
00~99
Not available
752-893
00~99
Not available
Default
Not available
0=Low, 1=Normal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal end
752-954
ATC Sensor
0~1
752-955
0~99
753-001
0~1
Not available
753-003
0~1
0: Toner recovery is not necessary in the M/C initial setting 1: Toner recovery is necessary in the M/C initial setting (1 appears on the display. Once toner recovery is complete,
the IOT FW automatically changes the display to 0.)
753-004
70
00~255
Not available
753-005
00~255
Not available
753-006
0~1
753-007
0~1
753-008
80
0~99
Not available
753-009
0~1
Not available
753-612
22
0~254
Not available
753-619
0~4
Not available
753-645
114
0~254
Not available
753-673
0~200
Not available
753-705
0~1
Not available
753-716
55
0~99
Not available
753-717
0~2
753-724
0~10
Not available
753-725
0~99
Not available
753-726
0~99
Not available
753-729
0~4
Not available
753-731
PR_VL
87
30~150
Not available
September 2005
6-16
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 10 Procon
ChainLink
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
753-737
0~255
Not available
753-742
55
0~255
Not available
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
749-016
Pre-Exposure Control
0~254
0: Off (Always) 254: On (Always) 1~253: On (Drum Cycle mode change) For 1~253 preexposure (Drum Cycle mode change), 1 count is equivalent to 1 Kcycle. The recommended value is 122 (Kcycle).
751-034
33
0~66
0.2175mm
751-035
33
0~66
0.2175mm
751-036
33
0~66
0.2175mm
751-037
33
0~66
0.2175mm
751-560
0~1
751-849
0~99
6min
751-881
0~30
10K Cycle
751-882
100
0~100
1%
751-883
67
0~100
1%
751-884
0~100
1%
751-885
0~100
1%
751-886
0~100
1%
751-887
0~100
1%
751-888
0~100
1%
751-889
0~100
1%
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-17
Name
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
751-001
0~255
751-003
0~1
751-004
0~255
751-010
22
0~254
12min
751-011
24
0~254
12min
751-041
0~255
751-042
Toner Filling 0
0~255
TONER: The filling up quantity of the toner bottle (the 0th byte)
751-043
Toner Filling 1
0~255
TONER: The filling up quantity of the toner bottle (the 1st byte)
751-044
Toner Capacity
0~255
Default
Range
1 Count
Remarks
764-100
0~1
Not available
764-101
50
0~100
Not available
764-102
50
0~100
Not available
764-103
25
10~100
Not available
764-104
50
10~100
Not available
764-112
0~1
Not available
September 2005
6-18
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Chain-Link Content
Default
Range
Meaning
710-501
0~1
Indicates the switching of detection method when Fax Document Size Detection is specified in
DADF mode. 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series
710-551
JAM Bypass
0~1
710-600
1~2
710-603
0~2
PF1: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 ,0:
Default ,1: 11x17S ,2: 11x15S PF2: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/
Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1: 11x17S ,2: 11x15S
710-604
0~2
PF1: Switches between 8.46x12.4S, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm ,0: Default ,1:
8.5x13S ,2: 8.5x14S PF2: Switches between 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial
value: 2 ,0: Default ,1: 8.5x13S ,2: 8.5x14S
710-605
0~2
PF1: Switches between BS5 and 16KS. No-Mix: mm ,0: Default ,1: B5S ,2: 16KS PF2: Switches
between B5S and 16KS. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial value: mm ,0: Default ,1: B5S ,2: 16KS
710-606
0~3
PF1: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1:
8.5x11S ,2: 8x10S ,3: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix:
Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1: 8.5x11S ,2: 8x10S ,3: 8x10.5S
710-607
0~3
PF1: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1:
8.5x11L ,2: 8x10L ,3: 8x10.5L PF2: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix:
Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1: 8.5x11L ,2: 8x10L ,3: 8x10.5L
710-608
0~4
PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS, 11x15S and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm ,0: Default ,1: B4S ,2: 8KS
3: 11x15S 4: 11x17S PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm ,0: Default ,1:
B4S ,2: 8KS 3: 11x17S PF2 setting range is 0~3.
710-609
0~2
PF1: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1: 8x10S ,2:
8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14 ,0: Default ,1: 8x10S
,2: 8x10.5S
710-610
0~2
PF1: Switches between B5L and 16KL. Size-Mix: mm ,0: Default ,1: B5L ,2: 16KL PF2: Switches
between B5L, 16KL and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: mm ,0: Default 1: B5L ,2: 16KL 3: 8.5x11L PF2 setting
range is 0~3.
710-612
0~1
710-800
0~65535
Default
Range
1 Count
Meaning
711-001
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-002
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-003
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-19
Default
Range
1 Count
Meaning
711-004
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-005
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-006
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-007
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-008
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-009
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-015
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-016
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-017
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-018
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-019
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-020
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-021
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-022
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-023
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
711-029
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-030
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-031
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-032
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-033
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-034
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-035
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
September 2005
6-20
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Default
Range
1 Count
Meaning
711-036
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-037
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-043
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-044
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-045
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-046
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-047
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-048
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-049
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-050
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-051
129
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-057
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-058
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-059
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-060
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-061
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-062
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-063
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-064
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-065
20
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-070
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-071
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-21
Default
Range
1 Count
Meaning
711-072
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-073
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-074
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-075
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-076
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-077
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-078
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-080
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-081
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-082
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-083
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-084
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-085
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-086
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-087
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-088
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-140
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all
data of 711-001 to 711-009 with specified data.
711-141
129
0~214
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all
data of 711-015 to 711-023 with specified data.
711-142
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites
all data of 711-029 to 711-037 with specified data.
711-143
0~255
0.0458mm
Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites
all data of 711-043 to 711-051 with specified data.
711-144
0~40
0.001
Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-057 to 711-065 with specified data.
20
September 2005
6-22
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Default
Range
1 Count
Meaning
711-145
15
0~50
0.001
Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-070 to 711-078 with specified data.
711-146
0~50
0.001
Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-080 to 711-088 with specified data.
711-150
0~9
0.6835mm
Initial value 3.6mm (172 pulse, 130 pulse for High Speed mode) +4.1mm/-2.1mm 10
pulse increments
711-151
0~14
0.4581mm
Initial value 4.0mm (256 pulse) +4.1mm (346 pulse) / -2.3mm (206 pulse) 10 pulse
increments
711-152
0~1
711-158
20
0.4581mm
Initial value 31.1mm (450 pulse) +4.6mm (766 pulse) / -4.6mm (566 pulse) 10 pulse
increments
711-164
50
0~100
0.1mm
Correction value for [Size Detection Auto-Correction Function] Original Size Correction Value: +/-5mm
711-200
0~16
0.6249mm
Initial value 0mm (0 pulse) +5.0mm (80 pulse) / -5.0mm (-80 pulse) 10 pulse increments This value also applies to Scan Position Transport Time.
711-201
1~15
0.6249mm
Initial value 5.0mm (80 pulse) +4.4mm (150 pulse) / -4.4mm (10 pulse) 10 pulse
increments
711-202
Position Adjustment for Position to Start Increasing Speed in Duplex (x5 Pulse)
10
0~20
0.4581mm
Initial value 50.4mm (1080 pulse) +4.6mm (1180 pulse) / -4.6mm (980 pulse) 10
pulse increments
711-203
Position Adjustment for First-Out Pre Feed Position in Duplex (x7 Pulse)
0~10
0.6835mm
Initial value 14.6mm (224 pulse) +3.4mm (274 pulse) / -3.4mm (174 pulse) 10 pulse
increments
711-204
0~20
0.4581mm
Initial value 15.0mm (241 pulse) +4.6mm (341 pulse) / -4.6mm (141 pulse) 10 pulse
increments
711-205
0~20
4msec
711-207
2~27
4msec
711-208
6~25
4msec
711-209
0~25
4msec
711-210
0~15
4msec
711-211
0~25
4msec
711-212
6~25
4msec
711-213
3~20
2msec
711-214
15
0~30
0.5mm
Initial value 0mm +7.5mm/-7.5mm, approx. 0.5mm increments Initial value is 10mm
from Tail Edge.
711-215
10
0~20
4msec
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-23
Default
Range
1 Count
Meaning
711-216
10
10~20
4msec
711-217
20
1~40
1 time
711-218
59
0~255
0.01
711-219
104
0~255
711-270
0~255
711-271
0~255
711-272
0~255
711-273
0~255
711-274
0~255
711-275
0~255
711-276
0~255
711-277
0~255
711-278
0~255
711-279
0~255
711-280
0~255
711-281
0~255
711-282
0~255
711-283
0~255
711-284
0~255
711-297
0~1
711-468
0~65535
260K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
711-469
63392
0~65535
711-470
0~65535
711-471
3392
0~65535
711-472
13
0~65535
711-473
60032
0~65535
711-474
0~65535
711-475
41248
0~65535
711-476
0~65535
711-477
34464
0~65535
711-478
0~65535
711-479
0~65535
September 2005
6-24
200K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
912K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
500K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
100K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
3K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Default
Range
Meaning
715-017
0~1
715-020
No. of APS
0~1
0: 1 APS, 1: 2 APS
715-025
FL Timer Set
0~1
0: Standard FL Timer settings (30min rest/0.5sec On), 1: Condensation mode setting (Diag 715026, 715-027 timer settings apply)
715-026
Lamp ON Interval
30
0~60
715-027
Lamp ON Time
0~60
715-050
100
16~184
715-051
50
44~56
715-052
0~2
715-053
Platen PRadjF
120
0~240
715-056
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-057
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-058
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-059
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-060
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-061
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-062
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-063
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-064
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-065
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-066
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-067
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-068
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-069
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-070
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-071
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-072
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-073
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-074
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-075
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-076
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-077
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-078
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-079
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-080
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-081
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-082
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-083
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-25
Table 3 IISS
Chain-Link Content
Default
Range
Meaning
715-084
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-085
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-086
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-087
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-088
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-089
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-090
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-091
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-095
WREF_ADJ__BWX
140
70~255
715-096
WREF_ADJ__BWY
140
70~255
715-105
63
0~127
715-106
0~8
0: NVM uses coefficient for each individual paper type 1: J paper, 2: P paper, 3: C2 paper, 4:
Green100 paper, 5: Digital Color Xpression, 6: Color Tech+, 7: Xerox4200 paper, 8: Xerox Business
715-107
Nut_Angle_Front
990
0~1980
Light Axis Front Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle)
715-108
Nut_Angle_Rear
990
0~1980
Light Axis Rear Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle)
715-110
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-111
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-112
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-113
120
0~240
Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-241
0~15
Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading Color, the larger the value, the stronger
the correction strength ("0" means correction reset).
715-242
0~15
Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading BW, the larger the value, the stronger
the correction strength ("0" means correction reset).
715-243
0~7
Test Mode Setting for Designing Black Line Correction Parameter, "0" means normal operation.
715-299
0~2
715-300
A6/Postcard Detection
0~2
715-301
0~3
0: Table default 1: 8.5x11S, 5.5x8.5L 2: A4S, A5L 3: 8.5x11S, 5.5x8.5L, A4S, A5L
715-302
A4S/8.5in Detection 2
0~6
715-303
B5/8x10 Detection
0~3
715-304
8K Detection
0~2
715-305
8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection
0~3
715-306
0~2
0: Do not use Special Table 1: APS OFF, A4; APS ON, A3 2: APS OFF, Letter; APS ON, 17inch
715-307
1~5
715-308
5.5x8.5/Postcard Detection
0~2
715-309
11x14.9/11x17 Detection
0~2
715-310
A3/11x17 Detection
0~3
715-311
A4/8.5x11 Detection
0~3
715-344
0~1
715-345
0~1
September 2005
6-26
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 3 IISS
Chain-Link Content
Default
Range
Meaning
715-346
0~6
715-347
0~6
715-348
B6 Detection
0~2
715-349
B6/5x7 Detection
0~2
715-362
FL_CHK_NG_Count
0~65535
715-363
FL_CHK_NG_Data
0~1023
Data obtained when Lamp Check Fails (Read G Write data compared at checking)
715-418
AOCerr
0~255
715-560
BWPG Density
128
0~255
715-600
255
0~65535
High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At SMPST, SMPED setting
715-602
255
0~65535
High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (* Area
used as detection area is used for PreIPS noise removal as well)
715-604
60
0~65535
High Speed AE/Slow Scan Direction variable fixed position/NCON Slow Scan Edge AE Detection
Amount (0.16mm increments)
715-608
0~1
715-610
0~1
715-611
0~1
715-617
AE Control of FS Length
0~1
0: Always use the document size detection result 1: Use the input document size as the detection
size For AES parameter calculation.
715-618
500
0~65535
Fast Scan Detection Min range (0.1mm increments) For AES parameter calculation.
715-619
0~4000
715-630
0~4095
715-631
273
0~4095
715-632
0~4095
715-633
273
0~4095
715-634
0~4095
715-635
273
0~4095
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-27
Table 3 IISS
Chain-Link Content
Default
Range
Meaning
715-636
0~4095
715-637
0~4095
715-642
819
0~4095
715-643
0~4095
715-644
819
0~4095
715-645
0~4095
715-669
0~1
715-689
0~8
715-690
0~8
715-691
0~8
715-702
50
0~100
Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and
100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at
+/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)
715-703
50
0~100
Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and
100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at
+/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)
715-704
0~65535
IPS Through Setting 1. Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample scan. Change
a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set "0" in normal use. (Handle with care) --The usage is as
follows: Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit. However, you can specify multiple bits at a time. [PF1]| [PF2] ,D'0: AES | BEXG_TH ,D'1: DF39 | FSRE_TH ,D'2: SSR |
SSR_TH ,D'3: FSRE | NSP_TH ,D'4: NSP | AER_TH ,D'5: 4DLUT | TRC2_TH ,D'6: 5AER | ED_TH
,D'7: 5MUL | SEL_TH ,D'8: 5MWA | SEL2_TH ,D'9: 4AER | (spare) ,D'10: 4MUL | (spare) ,D'11:
TRC | (spare) ,D'12: ED | (spare) ,D'13: DIRECT | (spare) ,D'14: (spare) | (spare) ,D'15: (spare) |
(spare) The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip.
715-720
128
0~256
715-721
128
0~256
715-722
128
0~256
715-723
128
0~256
715-724
0~65535
Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen model. BASE, HAEST,
MAESST, NAESS
September 2005
6-28
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 3 IISS
Chain-Link Content
Default
Range
Meaning
715-725
0~65535
Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model Platen job. Or, Slow
Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for CVT job. BASE, HAEST, MAESST,
NAESS
715-726
0~65535
Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model DADF job.
HAEST, MAESST, NAESS
715-800
0~65535
715-801
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-802
0~65535
715-803
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-804
0~65535
715-805
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-808
0~65535
715-809
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-810
0~65535
715-811
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-812
0~65535
715-813
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-814
0~65535
715-815
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-816
0~65535
715-817
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-822
AGC Fail
0~65535
715-823
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-824
AOC Fail
0~65535
715-825
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-826
0~65535
715-827
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-856
0~65535
715-857
(Same as above)
0~65535
Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-860
91
0~65535
Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre
Scan)
BASE,
715-861
36224
0~65535
715-875
109
0~65535
Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write not permitted) : 7,200,000 sec (2,000
hr)
715-876
56576
0~65535
Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (Write not permitted)
715-890
91
0~65535
Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write not permitted) : 6,000,000 times
715-891
36224
0~65535
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-29
Table 4 Configuration
Chain-Link Name
Default
Range
Remarks
719-008
Market Information
0~3
719-009
0~65535
719-010
0~65535
719-011
0~65535
719-012
0~65535
719-013
0~65535
719-014
0~65535
719-015
0~65535
719-016
0~65535
719-017
IPL Version
0~65535
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
700-006
Configuration
1~15
P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following logic. P: 01, F: 02, C 04, S: 08. To differentiate between SP and MF-CSP, SP is allocated 0x09.
700-061
-2~0
700-064
0=None
0~1
0=None, 1=Available
700-071
64KB
64~1024
700-073
64~256
700-075
32KB
32~2048
700-076
16MB (16x1024)
8~96
700-078
128KB
128~2048
700-080
64KB
64~5120
700-081
64KB
64~1024
700-082
256KB
64~1024
700-083
1024KB
1024~2048
700-084
256KB
1024~2048
700-085
1024KB
64~1024
700-086
256KB
64~1024
700-087
256KB
64~1024
700-088
256KB
64~1024
700-089
HDD Status
-2
700-120
Time Zone
700-124
Displays time difference (min) from GMT. For example, Japan: 540, Hawaii: -600
0~240
When entering from the menu, MF: 0 (prohibit), 60, 120, 180, 240 (sec) P: 0 (prohibit), 1~30
(min) When entering from a Chain Link, 0 (prohibit)~240 can be entered for MF and P but for
normal operation, they must fall within the above range.
September 2005
6-30
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
700-125
10min
0~5940
0, 240~5940: [Prohibit, 4~99min] (1min increments) (The value is different from the MF-UI
SOD value. This value is extracted from the COPY SOD.)
700-126
Operating Timer
10sec
0~240
700-127
6sec
0~240
700-128
Scanning Timer
4sec
0~20
700-129
Sheeta: 2min
1~240
1~240: [1~240min (1min increments)] 2~60: [2~60min (Sheeta)] (Ignored if not in Low
Power mode)
700-130
Sheeta: 2min
1~240
1~240: [1~240min (1min increments)] 2~60: [2~60min (Sheeta)] (Ignored if not in Sleep
mode)
700-131
1: Enable
0~1
700-132
2: Normal
0~3
700-133
2: Normal
0~3
700-134
2: Normal
0~3
700-135
2: Normal
0~3
700-136
0: Off
0~3
[0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] (For P Models, there is no volume adjustment. Any setting of soft, normal or loud means On.)
700-137
2: Normal
0~3
700-138
Ready Tone
2: Normal
0~3
700-139
2: Normal
0~3
700-140
Bell Tone
2: Normal
0~3
700-141
2: Normal
1~3
700-142
1: Enable
0~1
700-143
2: Normal
0~3
700-144
0: Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
700-145
0: Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
700-146
On
0~1
0: Off 1: On
700-147
0~2
700-148
1=Print
0~1
700-149
0~3
0=Do not print 1=Send to Relay Station 2=Print on machine 3=Send to Relay Station and
print on machine
700-150
0~1
700-151
0~2
[0=Off, 1=On, 2=Always print] Note: Transmission reports can only be printed from the
Panel. However, with Transmission Report=On, when sending fails, undelivered reports will
be printed.
700-152
0~1
700-153
No Paper Alert
2: Normal
0~3
700-154
2: Normal
0~3
700-155
Base Tone
2: Normal
0~3
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-31
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
700-164
Language
1: Japanese 2: English
1~32
1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Simplified Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Traditional Chinese,
14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese,
20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish,
27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew
700-165
Country Code
700-166
Territory
700-171
11111
700-173
2 (XE)
0~3
700-174
0~2
700-175
0~1
700-197
600 (O2) 90
90~3000
0~1
700-198
Allow: 1
700-301
Allow: 1, Prohibit: 0
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-302
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-303
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-304
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-305
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-306
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-307
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-308
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-309
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
September 2005
6-32
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
700-310
Range
Meaning
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-311
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-312
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-313
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-314
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-315
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-316
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-317
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-318
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-319
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-320
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-321
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-322
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-323
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-324
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-325
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-326
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-327
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-328
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-329
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-330
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-331
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-332
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-333
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-334
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-335
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-336
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-337
[P, SP, CSP, CFSP (,C)] (C is requested by M/N) Adjusted at Factory Settings P(rinter),
F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following
logic. P: 0x01, F: 0x02, C: 0x04, S: 0x08
700-338
Territory (SEEPROM)
700-339
(Auto Set)
700-340
(Auto Set)
700-341
(Auto Set)
700-342
(Auto Set)
700-343
(Auto Set)
700-344
(Auto Set)
700-348
(Auto Set)
700-349
(Auto Set)
700-350
(Auto Set)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1~4
September 2005
6-33
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
700-351
700-352
(Auto Set)
700-353
(Auto Set)
700-360
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-361
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-362
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-363
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-364
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-365
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-366
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-367
700-368
1MB (1x1024)
700-373
700-374
(Auto Set)
700-375
(Auto Set)
700-376
(Auto Set)
700-377
(Auto Set)
700-378
(Auto Set)
700-382
(Auto Set)
700-383
(Auto Set)
700-384
(Auto Set)
700-389
64MB (64x1024)
2560~65536
700-390
256KB (256)
64~1024
0~2
Range
Meaning
(Auto Set)
Alphanumerics (ASCII)
512~32768
700-396
0: Prohibit
700-397
44: Letter
700-398
CE Auditron Mode
Display
0~1
700-399
3: Inch
1~3
1: mm, 3: Inch
700-401
1~5
700-402
1~5
700-410
This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed while the Printer Kit is installed. Do
not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity].
Unit is 1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available
memory capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu.
Note 1: If a value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings (including Host IF Receive Buffer, Form Memory etc.) will be
restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, change so that the sum
of all increments does not exceed the available memory capacity. Note 3: If set to 0, Auto
Collate will be turned off. When setting to 0, always set both this setting and the field for
Auto Collate printing to 0.
September 2005
6-34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
700-411
700-412
7M
700-420
0: Allow
700-421
NULL
ASCII
700-422
NULL
ASCII
700-423
NULL
ASCII
700-424
NULL
ASCII
700-425
NULL
ASCII
700-426
NULL
ASCII
700-427
NULL
ASCII
700-428
NULL
700-430
1: Level 1
700-431
0: Not registered
0~2
700-437
0: False Invalid
0~1
Range
Meaning
This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed. Do not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value
can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be
checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above
[current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings will be restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, so that the
sum of all the increments does not exceed the available memory capacity.
Setting not allowed.
0~1
0: Allow, 1: Prohibit
ASCII
1~3
700-445
443
433~9999
700-446
0: Disable
0~1
700-447
1~3
1, 3
700-452
0: False
0~1
700-453
0.0.0.0
00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
700-454
0: Disable
91
700-455
168
1~500
1~500hr
700-490
0: All documents
0~1
700-500
Off
0~1
1: On, 0: Off
700-501
Off
0~1
1: On, 0: Off
700-502
0~1
700-503
1~14
1~14 days
700-504
0~23
0~23
700-505
0~59
0~59
700-506
0~1
700-520
80
80~9999
80, 8000~9999
700-521
1~5
1~5
700-522
30
1~255
1~255
700-523
60
1~900
1~900
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-35
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
700-530
1: Reboot
0~1
700-540
Auditron Mode
0: Off
0~2
700-541
1: On
0~1
700-542
1: On
0~1
700-543
0: NVM
0~1
0: NVRAM, 1: HDD
700-544
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-545
0: Off
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
700-546
0: Cancel
0~1
0=Cancel, 1=Store
700-547
Auditron User ID
User ID
700-548
Auditron Account ID
Account ID
700-549
0: False
0~1
0: False, 1: True
700-550
0: False
0~1
0: False, 1: True
700-551
0: Off
0~2
700-552
0: Kerberos
(Windows2000)
0~1
700-553
Guest Password
guest
700-554
KDC IP Address
0.0.0.0
700-555
88
700-556
KDC FQDN
Null character
700-557
Null character
700-558
0=Off
0~1
0=Off, 1=On
700-559
0=Disable
0~1
0=Disable, 1=Enable
700-560
0=Cancel
0~1
0=Cancel, 1=Store
700-561
0=Disable
0~1
0=Disable, 1=Enable
700-562
0=Disable
0~1
0=Disable, 1=Enable
700-563
0~10
0~10
700-564
10
0~600
0~600
700-570
700-571
(Auto Set)
700-572
(Auto Set)
700-573
(Auto Set)
700-574
(Auto Set)
700-575
(Auto Set)
700-576
(Auto Set)
700-577
(Auto Set)
700-578
(Auto Set)
(Auto Set)
700-600
Group1(IOT)
(Auto Set)
700-601
Group1(SYS1)
(Auto Set)
700-602
Group1(SYS2)
(Auto Set)
September 2005
6-36
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 1 Common
ChainLink
Content
Default
700-603
Group2(IOT)
(Auto Set)
700-604
Group2(SYS1)
(Auto Set)
700-605
Group2(SYS2)
(Auto Set)
700-606
Group3(IOT)
(Auto Set)
700-607
Group3(SYS1)
(Auto Set)
700-608
Group3(SYS2)
(Auto Set)
Range
Meaning
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
720-002
Billing
PFV_BILLING_TYPE_1
1~7
720-003
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-004
Master Print-Color1
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-005
Master Print-Color2
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-006
Master Print-B
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-007
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-008
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-009
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-010
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-011
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-012
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-013
Backup1 Print-Color1
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-014
Backup1 Print-Color2
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-015
Backup1 Print-B
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-016
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-017
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-018
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-019
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-020
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-046
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-047
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-048
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-049
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-052
Billing Type
STANDARD: 0
0~2
720-053
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-054
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-055
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
720-056
0~19999999
[0~19,999,999]
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-37
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
720-057
10
10~100
[10~100]
Content
731001~999
Speed Dial setting for Modem Speed (Link 0: Follow system data for
1-500)
modem speed
732001~999
0: Do not prohibit
0~1
733001~999
0: Do not prohibit
0~1
734001~999
0: Do not prohibit
0~1
Default
Range
Meaning
[Follow system data for modem speed=0, 2400bps=1, 4800bps=2, 7200bps=3, 9600bps=4,
12000bps=5, 144000bps=6, 16800bps=7, 19200bps=8, 21600bps=9, 24000bps=10,
26400bps=11, 28800bps=12, 31200bps=13, 33600bps=14]
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
770-001
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-002
1: Auto
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 9: 201H, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF
2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-003
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-004
0: Standard
0~2
770-005
6 (30sec)
1~255
770-006
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-007
On
0~1
0: On, 1: Off
770-009
0: IEEE P1284
0~1
770-010
127: Auto
1~127
127: Auto, 11: 10BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 12: 100BASE-TX (Half-Duplex), 21: 10BASE-T
(Full Duplex), 22: 100BASE-TX (Full Duplex)
770-020
Auto
770-021
1500
770-022
Disable
770-030
255: Auto
0~255
255: Auto 2: Ethernet II 4: Ethernet SNAP 3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Ethernet 802.3 6: Token
SNAP 5: Token 802.5
770-040
0: Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-041
5: PostScript
770-042
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
Enable: 1, Disable: 0
5: PostScript
September 2005
6-38
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
770-050
0: Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-051
1: Auto
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-052
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-053
0: None
0~1
0: None, 1: TBCP
770-054
1: IPX/SPX
1~3
770-060
1: Start
0~1
0: Stop, 1: Start
770-061
1: Auto
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-062
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-063
0: None
0~1
0: None, 1: TBCP
770-064
0: Non Spool
0~1
770-065
Lpd Timeout
16sec
2~3600
770-068
515
770-070
0: Do not limit
770-071
0.0.0.0
00000000~FFFFFFFF
770-072
0.0.0.0
00000000~FFFFFFFF
770-073
0.0.0.0
00000000~FFFFFFFF
770-074
0.0.0.0
00000000~FFFFFFFF
770-075
0.0.0.0
770-077
25
1~65535
770-080
1: Enable
0~1
0: Enable, 1: Disable
770-081
1: Auto
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-082
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-083
0: None
0~1
0: None, 1: TBCP
770-084
0: Non Spool
0~1
770-085
6: Both
2~6
770-090
0: Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-091
1: Auto
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-092
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-093
0: None
0~1
0: None, 1: TBCP
770-094
Acl Authorisation
0: Off (none)
0~1
770-095
1: On
0~1
1: On, 0: Off
770-097
Port no.
80
0~9999
770-098
0: Non Spool
0~1
770-099
60
0~65535
0~65535[sec]
0x10: Manual, 4: BOOTP, 2: DHCP, 1: RARP
0~1
00000000~FFFFFFFF
25, 8000~9999
770-100
DHCP Mode
2: DHCP
1~0x10
770-101
IP Address
0.0.0.0
00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-39
Content
Default
Range
770-102
Subnet Mask
0.0.0.0
00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
770-103
Gateway Address
0.0.0.0
00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
0~0x10
770-110
DHCP
770-112
NULL
Meaning
770-120
DHCP
770-121
0.0.0.0
00000000~FFFFFFFF
770-123
0.0.0.0
00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
770-130
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-131
2: UDP
0~3
770-133
770-140
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-150
0: Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-160
0: Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-166
1~10
1~10
770-190
1: Start
1: Start, 0: Stop
770-191
NULL
770-202
0.0.0.0
770-222
0~1
0: Disable 1: Enable
770-250
Standard
0~2
ASCII Max no. of characters 128 (Character type: alphabet, [@] [.] [+] [-] [=] [_] (underscore)
[/] [<] [>]) in the format [email protected]
00000000~FF 00000000~FFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
770-251
On
0~1
0: Off 1: On
770-252
Auto
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 Refer to the FF Host I/F of each product for the setting
range.
770-254
Enable
0~1
0: Disable 1: Enable
770-255
6 (30sec)
1~255
770-280
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-281
10 :TIFF
1~29
1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-282
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
770-283
None
0~1
0: None, 1: TBCP
770-284
0: Non Spool
0~1
770-285
0~3
0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content
770-286
NULL
770-287
NULL
September 2005
6-40
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
770-290
UPnP Enable
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable 1: Enable
770-295
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable 1: Enable
770-320
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Content
Default
770-301
NULL
770-302
NULL
Range
1~65535
Meaning
770-303
389
770-304
NULL
1~65535
770-305
NULL
770-306
389
1~65535
840-001
Enable
0~1
840-002
1~65535
[0: Enable, 1: Disable]
[0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents]
840-003
999 sheets
1~999
[1~999 sheets]
840-004
192: [-92(density)]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-005
161: [-61(density)]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-006
131: [-31(density)]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-007
99: [1(density)]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-008
98: [2(density)]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-009
97: [3(density)]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-010
150: [50]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-011
125: [25]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-012
75: [-25]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-013
50: [-50]
0~200
0~200: [-100~100]
840-019
[Color Space]: 0
0~1
840-021
1: Display
0~1
840-024
Standard
0~4
840-080
Allow
0~1
1: Allow, 0: Prohibit
840-081
ABL LDAP CN
cn
840-082
ABL LDAP SN
sn
840-083
given name
840-084
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-41
Content
840-085
840-086
840-087
840-088
840-089
840-090
ou
840-091
50
5~100
840-092
ABL LDAP DN
NULL
840-093
NULL
840-094
NULL
Within 255bytes.
840-095
1: Root entry only, 2: One level below root entry only, 3: All levels below root entry
Default
Range
Meaning
Character string within 16bytes.
telephone number
840-096
Within 32bytes.
840-097
30
For 0 or 5~120 detected by the device, set the timeout value to a numerical value other than
0. If 0 is specified, the device will not detect timeout. The timeout setting will follow the setting in the Directory Server Service.
840-098
NULL
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
780-013
1: Plain
1~255
780-014
1: Plain
1~255
Same as above
780-015
1: Plain
1~255
Same as above
780-016
1: Plain
1~255
Same as above
780-018
1: Plain
1~255
Same as above
780-019
NULL
September 2005
6-42
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 6 IOT
ChainLink
Content
Default
780-020
NULL
Same as above
780-021
NULL
Same as above
780-022
NULL
Same as above
780-023
NULL
780-038
2:Plain B
780-050
1~255
1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. no. of settings for paper type.
780-051
1~255
Same as above
780-052
1~255
Same as above
780-053
Same as above
780-054
Same as above
780-055
Same as above
780-056
Same as above
780-057
Same as above
780-060
Tray 1 Priority
1~4
780-061
Tray 2 Priority
1~4
Same as above
780-062
Tray 3 Priority
1~4
Same as above
780-063
Tray 4 Priority
1~4
Same as above
780-069
ON
0~1
0: OFF, 1: ON
780-072
1~3
780-073
1~3
780-075
1: Stop printing
0~1
780-084
1~255
1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. no. of settings for paper type.
780-141
1~3
780-142
Forced Duplex
0~1
0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided
780-145
1~3
780-146
0~1
780-147
50 sheets
10~150
1 Count=1 Sheet
2~25
Range
Meaning
Same as above
780-151
15 sheets
780-153
780-161
0~1
TRUE (1): Detect free size, FALSE (0): Auto Size Detect
780-162
None
0~2
780-163
None
0~2
780-164
None
0~2
780-165
None
0~2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2~25 sheets
TRUE (1): Confirm and await user action, FALSE (0): Ignore and continue
September 2005
6-43
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
785-002
Normal
0~5
785-003
Error Diffusion
0~1
785-008
2: PF2
0~2
785-010
0~1
785-015
Normal
1~5
785-016
Normal
1~5
785-024
100.0%
980~1020
785-025
100.0%
980~1020
785-026
Do not apply
0~1
785-027
Error Diffusion
0~1
785-028
1: Required
0~1
785-030
0~1
785-031
0~1
785-032
0~1
785-033
0~1
785-034
0~1
785-035
0~1
785-036
0~1
785-037
0~1
785-038
0~1
785-039
0~1
785-040
0~1
785-041
0~1
785-042
0~1
785-043
0~1
785-050
0~1
0: Apply only for that original, 1: Apply for all subsequent non-standard sized originals
785-080
0~10
Chain 790-xxx UI
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
790-001
Settings List
0~2
790-002
0~3
September 2005
6-44
Meaning
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-003
1: Display
0~1
790-050
Tray 1
0~255
790-051
Tray 2
0~255
Same as above
790-052
MPT
0~255
Same as above
790-053
None
0~255
Same as above
790-060
0~12
790-061
12
Same as above
790-062
12
Same as above
790-070
Auto
0~5
0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT Refer to the Copy Service
Func FF for the setting range.
790-071
Tray 1
1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4 Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the
setting range.
790-072
0~255
790-073
25~1025
1~24: Not in use, 25~400: %, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006:64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018:
154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023:
220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%
790-074
1001~1025
1~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%,
1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010:
86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020:
173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025:
400.00%
790-075
1001~1025
Same as above
790-076
1001~1025
Same as above
790-077
1001~1025
Same as above
790-078
1001~1025
Same as above
790-079
1001~1025
Same as above
1: Text, 2: Text & Photo, 3: Photo, 4: Pencil Text
790-094
Text
1~4
790-097
On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
790-098
Normal
0~6
790-099
Off
0~1
0 : Off, 1: On
790-122
Normal
0~4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-45
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-124
None
0~9
0: None, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top
Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center
790-125
Opposite to Side 1
0~10
0: None, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top
Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center, 10: Opposite to Side 1
790-128
0 (mm)
0~50
790-129
0~2
790-130
0~2
790-131
2~255
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-132
Same as above
790-133
Same as above
790-134
Same as above
790-135
Same as above
790-136
Same as above
790-137
Same as above
790-138
Same as above
790-139
Same as above
790-140
1~255
Same as above
790-141
Same as above
September 2005
6-46
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-180
Head to Top
0~1
790-181
None
0~3
790-182
Auto
0~2
790-183
Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be
selected if they are not installed
790-184
Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
790-185
Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
790-186
G3 Auto
0~6
1 : G4 Auto, 2: G3 Auto, 3: F4800 (Communication speeds below 4800bps) The following are additional settings for M/N: 4 : G3 5 : G3 (ECM) 6 : G3 (ECM) ?
Forced4800
790-187
Normal
0~6
790-188
Text
0~2
790-189
Standard
0~3
790-190
Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
790-192
On
0~1
0: Off 1: On
790-193
1~999999
1~999999
790-194
Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
790-195
Auto Receive
0~1
790-196
21
0~23
Hour (0~23)
790-197
0~59
Minute (0~59)
790-198
Manual Receive
0~1
790-200
25~1025
1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1025: 400.00%
790-201
25~1025
Same as above
790-202
25~1025
Same as above
790-203
25~1025
Same as above
790-204
Same as above
790-205
25~1025
Same as above
790-206
25~1025
Same as above
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-47
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
790-210
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-211
Same as above
790-212
Same as above
790-213
Same as above
790-214
Same as above
790-215
Same as above
790-216
Same as above
790-217
Same as above
790-218
Same as above
790-219
Same as above
790-220
Same as above
790-221
iFAX Profile
TIFF-S
0~2
790-222
Off
0~1
0: Off 1: On
790-223
0~3
790-224
Text
0~2
790-225
200dpi
0~4
0 : 200dpi, 1: 300dpi, 2: 400dpi, 3: 600dpi, 4: 100dpi Refer to Scan FF (Input Common) for the setting range.
790-226
2 (mm)
0~50
Range
September 2005
6-48
Meaning
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-227
2 (mm)
0~50
790-228
2 (mm)
0~50
790-229
Standard
0~6
790-230
Standard
0~4
790-231
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-232
Same as above
790-233
Same as above
790-234
Same as above
790-235
Same as above
790-236
Same as above
790-237
Same as above
790-238
Same as above
790-239
Same as above
790-240
Same as above
790-241
Same as above
790-250
NULL
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
0~297
September 2005
6-49
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-251
NULL
0~432
790-252
NULL
0~297
790-253
NULL
0~432
790-254
NULL
0~297
790-255
NULL
0~432
790-256
NULL
0~297
790-257
NULL
0~432
790-258
NULL
0~297
790-259
NULL
0~432
790-260
NULL
0~297
790-261
NULL
0~432
790-262
NULL
0~297
790-263
NULL
0~432
790-264
NULL
0~297
790-265
NULL
0~432
790-266
NULL
0~297
790-267
NULL
0~432
790-268
NULL
0~297
790-269
NULL
0~432
790-270
NULL
0~297
790-271
NULL
0~432
790-272
Head to Top: 0
0~1
790-273
25~1025
1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1025: 400.00%
790-274
1025
Same as above
790-275
1025
Same as above
790-276
25~1025
Same as above
790-277
25~1025
Same as above
790-278
25~1025
Same as above
790-279
25~1025
Same as above
September 2005
6-50
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
790-280
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-281
Same as above
790-282
Same as above
790-283
Same as above
790-284
Same as above
790-285
Same as above
790-286
Same as above
790-287
Same as above
790-288
Off
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
790-290
XE/DMO-E: 2 (R/E Preset 2), DMOW: 1 (R/E Preset 1), XC: 3 (R/E Preset 3)
1~12
790-291
XE/DMO-E: 3 (R/E Preset 3), DMOW: 3 (R/E Preset 3), XC: 4 (R/E Preset 4)
1~12
Same as above
790-292
XE/DMO-E: 5 (R/E Preset 5), DMOW: 7 (R/E Preset 7), XC: 5 (R/E Preset 5)
1~12
Same as above
790-300
Do not display
0~1
790-301
2 (mm)
0~50
790-302
2 (mm)
0~50
790-303
2 (mm)
0~50
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Range
September 2005
6-51
Meaning
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-304
2 (mm)
0~50
790-306
Off
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
790-307
Standard
0~4
790-308
FTP
0~2
790-309
0~6
0: TIFF/JFIF Auto Select, 1: TIFF (1 page per file), 2: TIFF (Multi-page), 3: PDF 4:
XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE) 5: High compression PDF 6: High compression
XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE)
790-310
0: Off
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
790-311
Standard
0~4
790-312
On
0~1
0 : On, 1: Off
790-317
On
0~1
0 : On, 1: Off
790-322
Same as Side1
0~1
790-350
1~255
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-351
Same as above
790-352
Same as above
790-353
Same as above
790-354
1~255
Same as above
790-355
Same as above
790-360
NULL
0~297
790-361
NULL
0~432
790-362
NULL
0~297
September 2005
6-52
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-363
NULL
0~432
790-364
NULL
0~297
790-365
NULL
0~432
790-366
NULL
0~297
790-367
NULL
0~432
790-368
NULL
0~297
790-369
NULL
0~432
790-370
NULL
0~297
790-371
NULL
0~432
790-380
25~1025
1~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%,
1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010:
86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020:
173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025:
400.00%
790-381
Same as above
790-382
25~1025
Same as above
790-383
Same as above
790-384
Same as above
790-390
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-391
Same as above
790-392
Same as above
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
25~1025
September 2005
6-53
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-393
1~255
Same as above
790-394
Same as above
790-395
Same as above
790-396
Same as above
790-397
1~255
Same as above
790-398
Same as above
790-401
790-402
Same as above
790-403
Same as above
790-404
Same as above
790-405
0~255
Same as above
790-406
Same as above
790-407
Same as above
790-408
Same as above
790-409
Same as above
790-410
Same as above
790-411
Same as above
790-412
Same as above
0~255
0~255
September 2005
6-54
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-413
0~255
Same as above
790-414
Same as above
790-415
Same as above
790-416
Same as above
790-417
0: Not set
0~255
0: Not set, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity
Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 160: Printer mode, 107: Help
790-418
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-419
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-420
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-421
1: Customized L1
0~2
790-422
0~255
Refer to the UI Dialogue Specifications for the setting range as the contents of this
column varies according to the launch. 0: Not set, 1: Color mode, 2: Image Quality
Presets, 3: Original Type, 4: Lighten/Darken / Contrast (Color), 5: Lighten/Darken, 6:
Sharpness/Color Saturation (Color) 7: Sharpness/Color Saturation (BW), 8: Auto
Exposure, 9: Color Balance, 10: Color Shift, 21: 2 Sided, 22: Bound Originals, 23: 2
Sided Book Copy, 24: Original Size, 25: Border Erase, 26: Margin Shift, 27: Image
Rotation, 28: Mirror Image/Negative Image, 29: Original Orientation, 30: Mixed Size
Originals, 41: Copy Output, 42: Booklet Creation, 43: Covers, 44: Transparency
Separators, 45: Multiple-Up, 46: Poster, 47: Repeat Image, 48: Chapter Division/
Inserter/Tab Sheet, 49: Annotation, 50: Set Numbering, 51: Output Side, 52: Folding, 61: Build Job, 62: Image Overlay, 63: Delete Outside/Delete Inside, 64: Double
Copy, 101: 2 Sided (1->2 Sided (H to H)), 102: 2 Sided (2->2 Sided (H to H)), 103:
Mixed Size Originals (Direct selection of parameter), 104: Margin Shift (Center),
105: Copy Output (Collate), 106: Copy Output (Staple (One Staple, Top Left), 107:
Copy Output (Staple (Two Staples, Left), 108: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left)), 109:
Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left/Top->Bottom)), 110: Output (Reverse), 111: Folding
(Z-fold), 112: Sample Set, 113: Large Volume Document, 114: Double Copy (Direct
selection of parameter), 115: Slight Reduction, 116: Auto Exposure (Direct selection
of parameter), 117: Original Orientation (Head to Left) (Direct selection of parameter), 118: Folding (Direct selection of parameter), 119: Build Job (Direct selection of
parameter), 120: Image Overlay (Direct selection of parameter)
Same as above
790-423
0~255
790-424
5: Ligthen/Darken
0~255
Same as above
790-425
0~255
Same as above
790-426
3: Original Type
0~255
Same as above
790-427
5: Ligthen/Darken
0~255
Same as above
790-428
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-429
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-430
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-55
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
790-431
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-432
0: No customization
0~1
0: No customization, 1: Customized L1
790-433
0: Not set
0~255
790-434
0: Not set
0~255
790-435
1: Japanese
1~32
790-436
1: Copy
0~255
790-437
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-438
0: Not set
0~255
Same as above
790-439
0: Qwerty
0~1
0: Qwerty, 1: ABC
790-440
Keyboard Limit
0~1
790-441
1 : Display
0~1
790-442
1 : Display
0~1
790-443
1 : Display
0~1
790-444
1 : Display
0~1
790-445
1 : Display
0~1
790-446
1 : Display
0~1
790-447
1 : Display
0~1
790-448
1 : Display
0~1
790-449
1 : Display
0~1
790-450
1 : Display
0~1
790-451
1 : Display
0~1
790-452
1 : Display
0~1
790-453
1 : Display
0~1
790-454
1 : Display
0~1
790-455
1 : Display
0~1
790-456
1 : Display
0~1
790-457
1 : Display
0~1
790-458
1 : Display
0~1
790-459
1 : Display
0~1
790-460
1 : Display
0~1
790-461
1 : Display
0~1
790-462
1 : Display
0~1
790-463
1 : Display
0~1
September 2005
6-56
Meaning
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-464
1 : Display
0~1
790-465
1 : Display
0~1
790-466
1 : Display
0~1
790-467
1 : Display
0~1
790-468
1 : Display
0~1
790-469
1 : Display
0~1
790-470
1 : Display
0~1
790-471
1 : Display
0~1
790-472
1 : Display
0~1
790-473
0: Display all
0~3
790-474
3: Tray 3
1~7
790-475
4: Tray 4
1~7
790-476
3: Tray 3
1~7
790-477
4: Tray 4
1~7
790-478
1: On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
790-488
790-489
Same as above.
790-490
0: Not set
0~255
790-491
0: Not set
0~255
790-492
0: Not set
0~255
790-493
0: Not set
0~255
790-494
0: Not set
0~255
790-550
1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1025: 400.00%
790-551
Same as above
790-552
25~1025
Same as above
790-553
Same as above
790-554
Same as above
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
25~1025
September 2005
6-57
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-560
1~255
1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF,
87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF,
94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105:
Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF,
108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF,
151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard
LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159:
8K SEF (GCO)
790-561
Same as above
790-562
Same as above
790-563
Same as above
790-564
1~255
Same as above
790-565
Same as above
790-570
PTT Customization
0: Do not allow
0~2
0: Do not allow, 1: Allow for EU country settings, 2: Allow for NA country settings
790-621
0~2
790-622
1~255
1: One Staple, Top Left, 2: One Staple, Top Center, 3: One Staple, Top Right, 4:
One Staple, Left Center, 5: One Staple, Right Center, 6: Two Staples, Left, 7: Two
Staples, Top, 8: Two Staples, Right
790-623
1~255
1: One Staple, Top Left, 2: One Staple, Top Center, 3: One Staple, Top Right, 4:
One Staple, Left Center, 5: One Staple, Right Center, 6: Two Staples, Left, 7: Two
Staples, Top, 8: Two Staples, Right
790-624
1~255
1: Two Holes, Left, 2: Two Holes, Top, 3: Two Holes, Right, 4: Two Holes, Left, 5:
Three Holes, Top, 6: Three Holes, Right, 7: Four Holes, Left, 8: Four Holes, Top, 9:
Four Holes, Right
790-625
1: Two Holes, Left, 2: Two Holes, Top, 3: Two Holes, Right, 4: Two Holes, Left, 5:
Three Holes, Top, 6: Three Holes, Right, 7: Four Holes, Left, 8: Four Holes, Top, 9:
Four Holes, Right
September 2005
6-58
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 8 UI
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-630
Address Book
0~6
0: Address Book 3: 3-digit Virtual Address Book 4: 4-digit Virtual Address Book 5: 5digit Virtual Address Book 6: 6-digit Virtual Address Book (* Settings 1 and 2 are not
allowed)
790-631
0~1
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
790-600
10mm
1~25
10mm~25mm
790-605
0: Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
790-606
1~6
790-607
Bottom Center
1~6
1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center
790-609
Opposite to Side 1
0~1
790-611
Annotation Date-Position
Bottom Right
1~6
1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center
790-612
2: 10
1~3
1: 6, 2: 10, 3: 24
790-613
Annotation Date-Position_Side2
Opposite to Side 1
0~1
790-614
Annotation Stamp-Position
Top Right
1~9
1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center,
7: Bottom Left Center, 8: Bottom Right Center 9: Center
790-615
48
0~2
0: 32, 1: 48, 2: 64
790-617
Annotation Stamp-Density
0~2
0: 0% 1: [25%] 2: [50%]
790-618
Annotation Stamp-Position_side2
Same as Side 1
0~1
790-619
Annotation Stamp-dirCheck
0~1
810-129
999
1~999
810-130
0 : Do not display: 1
0~1
810-132
APS only
0~2
TRUE (1): APS only, FALSE (0): Always (Even for manual tray selection)
810-136
Disable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
810-156
Analog Watermark
3: Text
1~3
810-157
48
48~80
810-158
Fan
1~8
810-159
Black
9~12
810-160
Normal
7~9
810-161
0~13
Contrast 1: 11, Contrast 2: 10, Contrast 3: 9, Contrast 4, 8, Contrast 5: 7, Contrast 6: 6, Contrast 7: 5, Contrast 8: 4, Contrast 9: 3
810-162
FX: 1 MN: 2
1~4
810-163
Do not print
0~1
810-164
Do not print
0~1
810-165
Do not print
0~1
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-59
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
810-166
Do not print
0~1
Content
Default
800-001
Range
Meaning
6: Displays add paper (SPS Off), 5: Uses a large paper size (no adjustment), 2: Uses a
nearest paper size (with adjustment), 8: Feed from Bypass tray
800-006
1: Standard
1~2
1: Standard, 2: Expand
800-016
5: Disable
1~5
800-017
800-018
1~2
1: Do not force extend print, 2: Force extend print (For Kutani, installed from P/L)
806-996
0~1
806-997
PS ATCX Default
0: On
0~1
806-999
1: Enable
0~1
Content
Default
Range
820-003
0: Do not prohibit
0~1
820-006
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-010
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-011
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-012
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-013
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-014
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-015
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided
Meaning
820-016
0: 1 Sided
0~2
820-019
Forced Polling
0: Off
0~1
820-024
0: Allow
0~1
September 2005
6-60
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
820-025
Default
Range
Meaning
0~1
820-026
0~1
1: Enable stored documents (Default before PL2
was 0)
820-027
0~2
0=Select mm series resolution 1=Select Inch series resolution 2=Fine (600/400) inch series,
others in mm series
820-028
0: 100%
0~1
820-030
820-031
0~255
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-032
0~255
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-033
0~255
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-034
0~255
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-035
0~255
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-036
0~255
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-037
999 pages
1~999
[1~999 pages]
820-038
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
820-039
0: Center Tray
0~3
0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2 *Options cannot be selected
if they are not installed
0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 1=Can be
used 255=Cannot be used
820-040
0: F Code
0~4
820-041
820-042
820-043
0~4
3: Remote Name (FX
default) 1: Caller ID (M/N,
AP default)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-61
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
820-044
4: Dial-in No.
0~4
820-045
0mm
0~20
0~20. Unit: mm
820-046
0mm
0~20
0~20. Unit: mm
820-047
1: Display
0~1
820-048
1: Attach
0~1
820-052
No HDD=20% HDD=0%
(Immediate Send Off)
0~99
0~99% 1% increments
820-053
No HDD=5% HDD=0%
0~100
0~100% 1% increments
820-054
No HDD=20% HDD=0%
(Immediate Receive Off)
0~99
0~99% 1% increments
820-060
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-061
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-062
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-063
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-064
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-065
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-066
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-067
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-068
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-069
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-070
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-071
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-072
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-073
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-074
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-075
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-076
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-077
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-078
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-079
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-080
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-081
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-082
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-083
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-084
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-085
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
September 2005
6-62
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
820-086
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-087
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-088
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-089
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-090
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-091
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-092
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-093
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-094
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-095
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-096
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-097
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-098
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-099
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-100
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-101
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-102
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-103
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-104
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-105
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-106
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-107
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-108
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-109
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-110
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-111
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-112
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-113
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-114
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-115
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-116
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-117
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-118
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
820-119
0~0xffffffff
0~0xffffffff
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-63
Content
Default
820-120
0~255
RAM Disk minimum
value: 20 (2.0Mbytes)
Other than the above: (No
limit)
820-121
0~255
0: Recover all jobs in Fax Recovery 1: Recover all other than Direct Fax jobs in Fax Recovery 255: Do not perform Fax Recovery
823-001
0: Auto Receive
0~1
0: Auto Receive (Auto Call Response On) 1: Manual Receive (Auto Call Response Off)
823-002
0: Off
0~1
0: Off, 1: On 1=On
823-006
G4 Receive Header
0: Do not attach
0~1
823-007
1: Attach
0~1
823-011
2048bytes
0x07~0x0b
Send packet size 0x07: 128 0x08: 256 0x09: 512 0x0a: 1024 0x0b: 2048
Range
Meaning
823-012
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
823-013
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
823-014
0~1
823-015
On
0~1
0=Off 1=On
823-016
Redial Attempts
5 times (5)
0~9
823-017
Redial Interval
1min (1)
0~15
823-018
8sec (8)
3~255
823-019
0: 2 Up Off
0~1
0: 2 Up Off, 1: 2 Up On 1=2 Up On
823-020
16mm(0x10)
0x00~0x7F
823-021
1: Auto Reduce
823-022
1: On
0: Off, 1: On
823-023
1: On
0: Off, 1: On 1: On
823-024
0: Do not send
823-025
0: Do not send
823-026
0: Do not send
823-027
0: Do not send
823-028
0: Do not send
823-029
0: Do not send
823-030
0~2
823-031
823-032
823-033
823-034
823-035
823-036
0~1
823-037
0~1
823-038
0~1
823-039
0~1
823-040
0~1
September 2005
6-64
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
823-041
0~1
823-042
0=Normal line
Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-043
0=Normal line
Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-044
0=Normal line
Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-045
0=Normal line
Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-046
0=Normal line
Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-047
0=Normal line
Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-049
0=3.1K Audio
0~1
823-050
0 times (0)
0~9
0~9 (times)
823-051
0: Tray Selection
0~1
823-052
825-001
1=ON (Receive)
825-002
bit2=A4SEF
bit3=A5LEF
825-017
0~1
825-018
0~1
825-019
0~1
825-020
0~1
825-021
0~1
825-022
0~1
825-024
825-025
Continue (0)
0: Determine the fallback from the TCF check result and continue sending 1: Stop transmission (The document becomes eligible for resend)
825-033
825-046
0~15
825-047
0~15
825-048
0~15
825-049
0~15
825-050
0~15
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
0~255 (sec)
September 2005
6-65
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
825-051
0~15
825-052
High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-053
High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-054
High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-055
High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-056
High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-057
High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-058
0~1
825-059
0~1
825-060
0~1
825-061
0~1
825-062
0~1
825-063
0~1
825-064
0~1
825-065
0~1
825-066
0~1
825-067
0~1
825-068
0~1
825-069
0~1
825-070
0~1
825-071
0~255
0~255 (sec)
825-072
0~255
0~255 (sec)
825-073
0~255
0~255 (sec)
825-074
0~255
0~255 (sec)
825-075
0~255
0~255 (sec)
825-076
0~255
825-077
0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-078
0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-079
0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-080
0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-081
0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-082
825-103
6 (-6dB)
0~15
0~15 (0~-15dB)
825-104
0~15
0~15 (0~-15dB)
0~255 (sec)
0: Allow 1: Restrict
September 2005
6-66
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
825-127
8~15
825-128
8~15
825-129
8~15
825-130
15
8~15
825-131
8~15
825-132
15
8~15
825-133
1: Detect
0~1
825-134
0: Do not detect
0~1
825-158
825-159
ECM Ability
1: Enable
825-160
60 (3000ms)
825-161
CED Hz
825-162
39sec
825-163
Silent Time
75msec (75)
825-164
825-165
0: Total No. of sheets transmitted including those resent 1: Total No. of sheets transmitted
for each line connection
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
1sec (20) ~ 7sec (140) (1=50msec)
0: 1080Hz 1: 2100Hz
1~90
1~90 (sec)
1: Detect
0~1
0: Do not detect
0~1
0: 75msec 1: 1sec
825-166
0: Transmit
0~1
0: Transmit Off=1
825-168
1: On
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
825-169
0: Do not resend
0~1
825-170
256bytes
256bytes=0 64bytes=1
825-171
0: 1(min)
825-173
825-174
825-175
825-176
EMC Ability
1: Enable
825-177
825-178
825-179
200ms
825-180
200ms
825-181
200ms
825-182
200ms
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
September 2005
6-67
Content
Default
825-183
200ms
825-184
200ms
825-185
0~7
0=000 ~ 7=111
825-186
0~7
0=000 ~ 7=111
825-187
0~7
0=000 ~ 7=111
825-188
0~7
0=000 ~ 7=111
825-189
0~7
0=000 ~ 7=111
825-190
0~7
0=000 ~ 7=111
825-191
SHIFT DOWN
825-192
SHIFT DOWN
825-193
SHIFT DOWN
825-194
SHIFT DOWN
825-195
SHIFT DOWN
825-196
SHIFT DOWN
825-197
825-198
825-199
825-200
825-201
825-202
825-203
1 (Domestic)
0: Stop 1: Continue
825-209
AUTO
0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-210
AUTO
0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-211
AUTO
0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-212
AUTO
0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-213
AUTO
0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-214
AUTO
0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-215
825-216
825-217
825-218
825-219
825-220
Range
Meaning
200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2
200ms=00 500ms=1 1sec=2
September 2005
6-68
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
825-221
33600bps
825-222
33600bps
825-223
33600bps
825-224
33600bps
825-225
33600bps
825-226
33600bps
825-227
825-228
825-229
825-230
825-231
825-232
825-233
825-234
825-235
825-236
825-237
825-238
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Range
Meaning
September 2005
6-69
Content
Default
825-239
33600bps
825-240
33600bps
825-241
33600bps
825-242
33600bps
825-243
33600bps
825-244
33600bps
825-245
33600bps
825-246
33600bps
825-247
33600bps
825-248
33600bps
825-249
33600bps
825-250
33600bps
825-251
825-252
825-253
825-254
825-255
825-256
825-257
AUTO
825-263
Range
Meaning
September 2005
6-70
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
Default
825-264
825-265
825-266
825-267
825-268
825-274
0: No limit
0: No limit 1: 128 lines 2: 256 lines 3: 512 lines 4: 1024 lines 5: 2048 lines
825-275
0: Proportion
825-276
1: -43dBm
825-277
1: -43dBm
825-278
1: -43dBm
825-279
1: -43dBm
825-280
1: -43dBm
825-281
1: -43dBm
825-285
0x0000 0002: A3 0x0000 0004: A4 0x0000 0020: B4 0x0000 0100: Letter 0x0000 0200:
Legal 0x0000 0400: Ledger 0x0000 0800: 8.5x13" 0x0004 0000: A4LEF 0x0008 0000:
A5LEF 0x0040 0000: B5LEF 0x0100 0000: Letter LEF 0x0200 0000: Letter Half LEF
825-322
1=On
0~1
0=Off, 1=On
825-421
2=1.0sec
0~3
825-422
0~2
0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial
data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other
than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34
825-423
0~2
0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial
data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other
than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34
825-424
0~2
0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial
data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other
than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34
825-425
0~2
0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial
data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other
than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34
825-426
0~2
0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial
data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other
than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Range
Meaning
September 2005
6-71
Range
Meaning
825-427
Content
Default
0~2
0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial
data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in other
than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition no., transmission will be in V.34
825-428
0~11
0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-429
0~11
0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-430
0~11
0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-431
0~11
0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-432
0~11
0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-433
0~11
0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-434
0~1
825-444
0~1
825-445
0~1
825-446
0~1
Content
Default
830-007
NULL
ASCII 64 characters
830-009
NULL
ASCII 64 characters
830-011
NULL
ASCII 64 characters
830-013
NULL
ASCII 64 characters
830-015
NULL
830-022
1: POP Receive
0~1
830-023
10min
1~120
1~120min
0~1
Range
Meaning
ASCII 64 characters
830-024
0: Delete
830-025
0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content
830-026
0~1
830-027
0: Do not send
0~1
830-030
0: Do not limit
0~2
830-081
0: Do not limit
0~1
830-083
1: Enable
0~1
0: Disable, 1: Enable
830-084
Profile of Broadcast
0: TIFF-S
0~2
830-085
0: G3 Auto
0~2
830-086
0~999
September 2005
6-72
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Content
830-087
0~1
0: Off, 1: On
830-088
0~1
0: DNS, 1: MDN
830-090
8192
0~65535
830-091
0~1
830-092
110
1~65535
110, 8000~9999
830-103
0~2
0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents, 2: Print only when fail
830-109
0~1
Default
1: MDN
Range
Meaning
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
850-001
0=No
0~1
[0=No, 1=Yes]
850-002
0=No
0~1
[0=No, 1=Yes]
850-003
0~2
850-004
0=Prohibit
0~1
[0=Prohibit, 1=Process]
850-007
Type of EP Goods
0~7
850-009
0~1
850-010
0~1
850-011
0=Prohibit
0~1
[0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]
850-012
0=Prohibit
0~1
[0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]
850-015
0~1
850-016
0~1
850-017
0~1
850-018
Paper Handling Mode In Dup With Old Dec 1: Single sheet mode
Accl
0~1
[0: Clear Single sheet mode and speed up, 1: Single sheet mode]
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
860-011
0~1
0: Off 1: On
860-012
0~1
860-032
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
0: Off 1: On
0~0xFFFFFFFF
September 2005
6-73
Content
Default
870-001
Normal
870-010
[0~99999999]
870-011
[0~99999999]
870-012
[0~99999999]
870-013
[0~99999999]
870-014
[0~99999999]
870-015
[0~99999999]
870-016
[0~99999999]
870-017
[0~99999999]
870-018
[0~99999999]
870-019
[0~99999999]
870-020
[0~99999999]
870-021
[0~99999999]
870-022
[0~99999999]
870-023
[0~99999999]
870-024
[0~99999999]
870-025
[0~99999999]
870-026
[0~99999999]
870-027
[0~99999999]
870-028
[0~99999999]
870-029
[0~99999999]
870-030
[0~99999999]
870-031
[0~99999999]
870-032
[0~99999999]
870-033
[0~99999999]
870-034
[0~99999999]
870-035
[0~99999999]
870-036
[0~99999999]
870-037
[0~99999999]
Range
Meaning
September 2005
6-74
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Table 15 Diag
ChainLink
Content
Default
870-038
[0~99999999]
870-039
[0~99999999]
870-040
[0~99999999]
870-041
[0~99999999]
870-042
[0~99999999]
870-043
[0~99999999]
870-044
[0~99999999]
870-045
[0~99999999]
870-200
1: Tray 1
870-202
1: 1 set
1~65535
[1~65535 sets]
870-203
0: 1 Sided
0~2
870-204
0: Plain
0~66
870-205
0: 4-color mode
0~3
870-206
0: Black
0~6
870-207
0: Text
0~9
[0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Binary ED, 3: 24ED, 4: 320DACS, 5: 600, 6: 300, 7: 200C, 8: 200R, 9:
150]
870-208
3: IOT On
0~3
870-209
0: 0%
0~100
[0~100%]
870-210
0: 1200x1200
0~4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Range
0~9
Meaning
[0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: Tray 5, 6: SMH, 7: HCF1, 8: HCF2, 9:
Interposer
September 2005
6-75
Table 15 Diag
ChainLink
Content
Default
Range
Meaning
870-211
5: A4LEF
0~50
900001~999
0~1
September 2005
6-76
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
1.
b.
2.
Select Adjustment/Others.
3.
Failure to perform GP 1 if the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB or ESS PWB EPROM is
replaced could result in NVM corruption and disabling the machine. Refer to REP 9.2.1 MCU
PWB EPROM or REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB or REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM before installing a
new MCU PWB EPROM, ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM.
NOTE: GP 1 procedure is used to serialize components and load billing data on the MCU PWB
EPROM, or ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM.
NOTE: Machine Serial Number Plate is located on side frame below rear yellow Fuser mounting screw.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-77
Reading HFSI
Procedure
1.
b.
2.
3.
Refer to Table 1 and enter a counter number for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI)
counters to be checked.
Table 1 High Frequency Service Items
Counter
Name
Threshold
954-800
300K
954-801
300K
954-802
300K
954-803
300K
Reset
only
954-805
300K
954-807
Fuser
175K
954-808
300K
956-802
IIT Scan
956-803
Lamp On Time
956-804
Lamp On Count
955-806
Document Feed
955-807
Simplex Document
Feed
955-808
Duplex Document
Feed
956-808
955-810
955-829
Invert Solenoid ON
Count
955-830
Reading HFSI
September 2005
6-78
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
b.
Purpose
Initialize the HFSI Counter.
2.
Select Adjustment/Other.
3.
4.
Procedure
Reading and resetting HFSI
1.
b.
Chain-Link
Name
Initial
Value
Value
1Count Remarks
954-807
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-807
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-807
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-807
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-79
Name
Initial
Value
Value
1Count Remarks
954-803
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-803
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-803
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-803
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808
0~99
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808
0~3
Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
September 2005
6-80
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Name
Initial Setting
Value Range
956-802
IIT Scan
1 time increments
Max count value=above 6,000,000 times
Only count Platen Scans, not CVT Scans.
956-803
Lamp ON Time
956-804
Lamp ON Count
956-808
1 time increments
Max count value=above 1,000,000 times
955-806
955-807
0~5,000,000 Counts the no. of document sheets fed in Simplex The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
mode.
* Life is common to 955-808.
955-808
955-810
955-829
CVT(PF2)
0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Invert Solenoid turns on.
The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
HFSI to Invert Solenoid ON count after clearing
the counter
Recycle to Total Invert Solenoid ON count without
clearing
955-830
0~300,000
CVT(PF2)
Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on.
HFSI to Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
the counter
Recycle to Total Stamp Solenoid ON count without
clearing
955-831
0~300,000
CVT(PF2)
Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on.
Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing the HFSI The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
Counter
Count Condition
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Remarks
September 2005
6-81
Procedure
1.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
2.
Select Adjustment/Others.
3.
4.
5.
The following current value data will be displayed at the current value area.
a.
b.
c.
d.
6.
7.
8.
Select Close].
9.
10. Repeat step 4 to 9 until copy quality meet with specification or customer desired level.
September 2005
6-82
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
To check that size detection of the MPT Guide width detection is properly performed.
To set the sensor output values for the maximum and minimum positions for the MPT
Guide using NVM.
To display the detected size in the width direction of the MPT Guide.
Procedure
1.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
2.
Select Adjustment/Others.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-83
Initialize NVM
5.
Purpose
This procedure may be needed when the machine is unrecoverable, including problems such
as producing blank copies/prints, continuous system faults, etc. It is also required as part of the
software upgrade process.
After initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the
machine to its previous configuration.
Table 1 NVM Initialization
Name
Description
IOT
Initial Actions
Chain - Link 742 - 001 through 012, 015, 018, 027 through 030, 075,
083, 084, 086, 098 through 101
Chain - Link 744 - 005, 006, 010, 043, 045, 046, 061, 065, 077, 078,
080, 081, 086, 133 through 135, 180 through 184, 220, 301 through
306
Chain - Link 749 - 001 through 003, 006, 007, 009 through 016, 516,
521 through 524, 527
Chain - Link 751 - 010, 011, 034 through 037, 511, 560, 631, 699, 701,
703, 710, 718 through 748, 750, 752, 754, 756, 758, 760, 762, 764
through 792, 794, 796, 798, 800, 802, 804, 806, 808 through 836, 838,
840, 842, 844, 846, 848 through 850, 881 through 889
Procedure
1.
Chain - Link 753 - 003, 008, 009, 612, 619, 645, 705, 716, 717, 724
through 726, 729, 731
Chain - Link 760 - 001 through 003, 005 through 012, 016 through
029, 031 through 040
Chain - Link 764 - 001, 002, 005, 100 through 104, 112
2.
NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Inner Cover pocket)
Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machines service log.
b.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3.
4.
Initialize NVM
IIT/IPS
September 2005
6-84
Chain - Link 710 - 501, 550, 551, 554 through 568, 600 through 612
Chain - Link 715 - 013, 017, 018, 023 through027, 050 through 096,
102 through 108, 110 through 113, 201, 241 through 244, 280 through
293, 299 through 311, 344 through 349, 362, 363, 418, 550 through
555, 560, 600 through 622, 630 through 649, 660 through 664, 668,
669, 680 through 691, 702 through 705, 720 through 726, 780 through
791
Chain - Link 716 - 001 through 030, 032, 033, 035, 037 through 047,
050 through 064, 070 through 081, 100 through 102, 110, 112, 113,
120 through 122, 126 through 128
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Description
The following NVM locations will be initialized:
SYS-User
Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 127, 128, 368,
389, 390, 396, 398, 410 through 412
Chain - Link 820 - 003, 024, 026, 038 through 047, 052 through 054,
060 through 119, 121
Chain - Link 850 - 001 through 004, 007, 009 through 012, 015
through 018
All user settable NVM locations in the following chains will be reset:
Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 368, 389, 390
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-85
Initialize NVM
Component Control
Purpose
The purpose of the Component Control is to display the logic state of input signals and to energize output components.
NOTE: Refer to Table 1, Table 3 for a list of all Input Components listed by Chain/Link ID number. Refer to Table 2, Table 4 for a list of all Output Components listed by Chain/Link ID number.
Procedure
1.
2.
b.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3.
4.
5.
Component Control
September 2005
6-86
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
When confirm the status of another component still in progress, select Enter Number then
input Chain-Link number of applicable component.
3.
When perform multiple component checking. input new Chain-Link number after one (or
several) component(s) is (are) in operating.
NOTE: Only latest Chain-Link number indicates.
Connector
Level
Meaning
Remarks
010-100
EXIT SENSOR
with paper
Not Available
010-101
EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT)
EXIT
012-110
Registration Clutch ON
Not Available
012-111
with paper
Not Available
012-150
with paper
Not Available
012-151
with paper
Not Available
012-190
with paper
Not Available
012-191
with paper
Not Available
012-220
Not Available
012-221
Not Available
012-240
Not Available
012-241
Not Available
012-242
without pin
Not Available
012-243
Not Ready
Not Available
012-244
Not Available
012-250
Not Available
012-251
Not Available
012-260
Not Available
012-262
without finisher
Not Available
012-267
With Paper
Not Available
012-268
Cover Position
Not Available
012-269
Cover Position
Not Available
012-280
Not Available
012-301
Not Available
012-302
Not Available
012-303
H-Transport is closed
Not Available
047-200
Detected
EXIT
047-201
OCT2 DETECTED
Detected
EXIT
047-205
EXIT
047-206
EXIT
071-100
with paper
Not Available
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-87
Component Control
Connector
Level
Meaning
Remarks
071-101
Not Available
with paper
071-102
with paper
Not Available
071-103
with paper
Not Available
071-104
with paper
Not Available
071-105
with paper
DM
071-106
Not Available
071-107
Not Available
071-108
with paper
Not Available
071-109
with paper
Not Available
071-110
EXIT SENSOR2
with paper
EXIT
071-200
071-201
Without paper
Not Available
071-202
Without paper
Not Available
071-203
Without paper
Not Available
071-204
Without paper
Not Available
071-205
Without paper
Not Available
071-206
Not Available
071-207
Not Available
071-208
Not Available
071-209
Not Available
071-210
Not Available
071-211
Not Available
071-212
071-213
Not Available
071-300
Not Available
071-301
Not Available
071-302
Not Available
071-303
FRONT COVER
071-304
EXIT
071-305
DUP INTERLOCK
open
Not Available
073-200
089-100
Registration SENSOR
with paper
Not Available
089-101
DM
089-200
DM
Component Control
Not Available
September 2005
6-88
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Connector
Level
Meaning
Remarks
089-201
Registration CLUTCH(EXIT)
EXIT
091-200
DRUM DETECT
EP Cartridge installed
Not Available
Connector
Level
Meaning
Timer Off
012-020
Same as Name
Not Available
012-021
Same as Name
Not Available
012-022
Same as Name
Not Available
012-023
Same as Name
Not Available
012-024
Same as Name
Not Available
012-025
Same as Name
Not Available
012-026
Same as Name
Not Available
012-027
Same as Name
Not Available
012-028
Same as Name
Not Available
012-029
Same as Name
Not Available
012-030
Same as Name
Not Available
012-031
Same as Name
Not Available
012-040
Same as Name
Not Available
012-042
Same as Name
Not Available
012-043
Same as Name
Not Available
012-045
Same as Name
Not Available
012-046
Same as Name
Not Available
012-047
Same as Name
Not Available
012-051
Same as Name
Not Available
012-060
Same as Name
Not Available
012-061
Same as Name
Not Available
012-080
Same as Name
Not Available
012-081
Same as Name
Not Available
012-082
Same as Name
Not Available
012-083
Same as Name
Not Available
012-084
Same as Name
Not Available
012-085
Eject Clamp UP
Same as Name
Not Available
012-086
Same as Name
Not Available
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-89
Component Control
Connector
Level
Meaning
Timer Off
042-001
MAIN MOTOR ON
Same as Name
Not Available
042-002
Not Available
042-003
Not Available
047-001
Same as Name
EXIT
047-002
Not Available
047-003
Same as Name
EXIT
047-004
Same as Name
EXIT
047-005
Same as Name
EXIT
047-006
MAIN MOTOR
Same as Name
Not Available
047-022
Same as Name
Not Available
047-023
Same as Name
Not Available
047-024
Not Available
047-025
EXIT
047-026
EXIT 2 FAN
Not Available
061-001
ROS MOTOR ON
Not Available
071-001
Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 1 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 1 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
Not Available
071-002
Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 2 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 2 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
Not Available
071-003
Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 3 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 3 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
Not Available
071-004
Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 4 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 4 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
Not Available
071-007
Same as Name
Not Available
Component Control
September 2005
6-90
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Connector
Level
Meaning
Timer Off
071-008
Same as Name
Not Available
071-012
Same as Name
Not Available
071-017
Same as Name
071-018
Same as Name
071-036
MAIN MOTOR ON
Same as Name
Not Available
071-037
DRUM MOTOR ON
Same as Name
073-006
T/A MOTOR
Same as Name
Not Available
073-009
Same as Name
Not Available
073-010
Same as Name
Not Available
073-013
TM T/A CL
Same as Name
Not Available
073-016
DUP MOTOR
DM
073-018
Not Available
073-019
Hot-Line Control
Not Available
073-020
Hot-Line Control
Not Available
073-026
DM
089-002
REGI CLUTCH
Same as Name
Not Available
091-002
BCR AC BIAS
Same as Name
091-003
BCR DC BIAS
Same as Name
091-004
DTS
<-
Same as Name
Not Available
091-005
DRUM MOTOR ON
Same as Name
091-006
MAIN MOTOR ON
Same as Name
Not Available
091-007
Developer DC BIAS
Same as Name
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-91
Component Control
Connector
Level
Meaning
Timer Off
091-010
BTR(-) BIAS
Same as Name
093-001
Dispense Motor
Same as Name
094-001
BTR(+) BIAS
Same as Name
Connector Level
Meaning
Remarks
005-102
Not Available
Not Available
Document Sensor
005-110
005-205
Not Available
005-206
CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor
Not Available
005-211
Not Available
005-212
Not Available
005-213
Not Available
005-215
Not Available
005-216
Not Available
005-217
Not Available
005-218
Not Available
005-219
Not Available
005-220
Not Available
005-221
Not Available
005-222
Not Available
005-224
Scan Start
Not Available
005-225
Not Available
062-201
Sheet Abort
Document Regist
Not Available
062-212
Not Available
062-240
ADF Exist
Not Available
062-251
APS Sensor1
062-253
APS Sensor3
Not Available
062-272
Scan Start
Not Available
062-300
Platen closed
Not Available
062-301
Angle Sensor
Platen opened
Not Available
Component Control
Scan available
September 2005
6-92
Not Available
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Remarks
005-002~005-014
Not Available
005-001
005-003~005-014
Not Available
005-001~005-002
005-004~005-014
Not Available
005-004
005-001~005-003
005-005~005-014
Not Available
005-005
005-001~005-004
005-006~005-014
Not Available
005-006
005-001~005-005
005-007~005-014
Not Available
005-007
005-001~005-006
005-008~005-014
Not Available
005-008
005-001~005-007
005-009~005-014
Not Available
005-009
005-001~005-008
005-010~005-014
Not Available
005-010
005-001~005-009
005-013~005-014
Not Available
005-013
005-001~005-010
005-014
Not Available
005-014
005-001~005-013
Not Available
005-026
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed1)
005-027~005-036
Not Available
005-027
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed2)
005-026
005-028~005-036
Not Available
005-028
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed3)
005-026~005-027
005-029~005-036
Not Available
005-029
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed4)
005-026~005-028
005-030~005-036
Not Available
005-030
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed5)
005-026~005-029
005-031~005-036
Not Available
005-031
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed6)
005-026~005-030
005-032~005-036
Not Available
005-032
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed7)
005-026~005-031
005-033~005-036
Not Available
005-033
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed8)
005-026~005-032
005-034~005-036
Not Available
005-034
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed9)
005-026~005-033
005-035~005-036
Not Available
005-036
CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Reverse)
005-026~005-036
Not Available
005-072
3sec on
Not Available
Chain-Link Name
Connector Level
Meaning
005-001
005-002
005-003
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-93
Timer Off
Component Control
Connector Level
Meaning
Timer Off
Multiple Output
Prohibited Items
Remarks
005-073
Not Available
005-083
Doc Ready
Not Available
005-084
X(Belt)
O(CVT)
Not Available
005-088
Image Area
ON for 5sec
Not Available
005-090
Nudger initialize
Not Available
062-002
062-005
062-006
062-006
062-005
062-086
(Differential) H
Not Available
062-091
Exchange To ADF
Not Available
Component Control
September 2005
6-94
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
1.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-95
Test Patterns
Purpose
For details on the test pattern generation location and output path, see Table 1.
Prints the test patterns in the machine, to help identify Image Quality problems.
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Start.
Pattern Name
Objective / Overview
Built-in Image
Sub
001
Horizontal Stripe
IOT
002
All Black
IOT
003
All White
IOT
021
No Paper Run
IOT
No.
NOTE: If IOT Subsystem Fail occurs during Test Print, IOT and subsequent Diagnostics cannot be processed causing an error. Test Print cannot be canceled and the power must be
turned Off/On (However, it is possible to exit Diagnostics).
If Not Ready states such as Device Error, Jam and No Paper are the cause of the error, Diagnostics can be processed and Test Print can be canceled.
No.
Name
Image Size
001
Horizontal
Stripe
Cannot be Plain
specified
(Prints
using specified paper
sizes even
when using
the MPT)
Simp/Dup
002
All Black
Cannot be Plain
specified
(Prints
using specified paper
sizes even
when using
the MPT)
Simp/Dup
003
All White
Cannot be Plain
specified
(Prints
using specified paper
sizes even
when using
the MPT)
Simp/Dup
004
No Paper Run -
Simp
As the MC competes with the contents of the instructions from the UI, the machine may print
the specified test pattern or use the priority tray, or it may not print and send a message indicating that a conflict occurred.
Tray
The UI receives this message from the MC and displays a message indicating that an error
occurred and printing is possible due to a conflict in the operation.
When a jam occurs, the machine stops processing (do not continue or process again). The
Clear Jam screen appears and a message asking the user to clear the jam will be displayed on
the UI.
Paper
Types
Paper
Sizes when when using
Simp/Dup
using MPT MPT
Tray 1:1
NOTE: (*1): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are both supported sizes)
Prints only from the specified tray. (ATS and APS are not processed.)
September 2005
6-96
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Prints in the paper size of the selected tray. (Print areas outside the paper size will not be
printed)
If the Finisher is installed, No Paper Run cannot be processed. No Paper Run is controlled by dummy 8.5x11LEF timing regardless of whether there is paper or paper size.
Objective / Overview
051
Controller
Total Chart
Controller
Image
Size
Tray
Paper
Types
Paper
Sizes when when using Simp/
Dup
using MPT MPT
(*1)
(*3)
A4 or Letter LEF
Total Chart
(*2)
(*3)
A3 or
11"x17"
No.
Name
051
052
No.
Pattern Name
Tray
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
105
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
107
1 dot-wide grid
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
109
2dot-wide grid
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
111
4dot-wide grid
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
114
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
116
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
118
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
(*1):Length is longer than A4 length and breadth is longer than Letter breadth.
(*2): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are
both supported sizes)
(*3):Refer to the specifications described in Detection.
Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview
No.
Pattern Name
Tray
101
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray: 33
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
Paper
Types
Paper
Sizes when when using
Simp/Dup
using MPT MPT
A3SEF
Plain
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Simp/Dup
Paper
Types
Paper
Sizes when when using
Simp/Dup
using MPT MPT
103
Built-in Image
Sub
No.
052
September 2005
6-97
No.
Pattern Name
Tray
120
Tray 1:1
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
Paper
Types
Paper
Sizes when when using
Simp/Dup
using MPT MPT
A3SEF
Password: x-admin
Plain
Simp/Dup
September 2005
6-98
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
E-Mail Icon
This procedure restores E-Mail icon in display on machines with this capability.
Procedure
Procedure
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available.
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available.
1.
Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Confirm.
1.
Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Confirm.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
5.
6.
6.
7.
7.
8.
Select Save.
8.
9.
Select Close.
9.
Select Close.
12. Select Exit. Power off and on if the setting is not active.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-99
Procedure
If colored paper is available, load colored paper in Tray 1 SEF.
NOTE: FAX and FAX reports are printed on SEF by default.
To prevent the machine from feeding Short Edge Paper (Color), when copying Short Edge
Documents (on Platen Glass or DADF) set the Tray 1 Paper Attributes as "Custom1" and
Paper Type Priority as "Second ".
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available.
1.
Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Confirm.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Select Save.
September 2005
6-100
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is
not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent problem.
Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components
Damaged components
Procedure
1.
2.
Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem
may be the cause of the new intermittent problem.
Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The
machine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for
signs of failure or abnormal operation.
An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it
results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom.
3.
Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine
all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for:
Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY
COUNT value
Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components
Damaged components
4.
Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform
all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP.
Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of
adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is
observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component
can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is
not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem.
5.
Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any
symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
6.
7.
Get technical advice or assistance where appropriate. This will depend upon the situation
and the established local procedures.
8.
Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function
that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for:
Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY
COUNT value
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
9.
Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated
with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment
CAN BE MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set
to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the
cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value,
but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of
the cause of the problem
10. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing with Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components
for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
11. Replace any components or consumable that are known to be a frequent cause of the
problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is
inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem,
then it is reasonable to replace it.
12. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what
you have observed, what actions you took, and what else needs to be done.
September 2005
6-101
GP 1
GP 2 Fax Diagnostics
Purpose
Description
This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic
Mode.
014
1300Hz
015
1650Hz
016
1850Hz
017
2100Hz
019
Dual Tone 1
1.
020
Dual Tone 2
2.
021
Dual Tone 3
3.
On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Maintenance/
Diagnostics.
022
Dual Tone 4
023
Dual Tone 5
024
Dual Tone 6
025
Dual Tone 7
026
Dual Tone 8
027
Dual Tone 9
028
Dual Tone 0
029
Dual Tone *
030
Dual Tone #
Procedure
4.
5.
There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signal Sending Test and the Relay Test
Signal Sending Test
This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal.
To run this test:
1.
031
Dual Tone A
2.
Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional
additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only).
032
Dual Tone B
033
Dual Tone C
Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for
the list of signal numbers.
034
Dual Tone D
035
HDLC Flag
036
037
038
039
040
041
This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU.
042
043
080
ANSam
081
CM
3.
4.
5.
An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies
communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the FMO PWB, from the
FMO to the FCB PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the specific
signal being tested.
082
JM
If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line.
083
INFOc
084
INFOa
085
PPh+ALT
096
097
098
Description
011
462Hz
099
012
1080Hz
100
013
1100Hz
101
GP 2
September 2005
6-102
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Description
Description
102
148
103
149
104
150
106
151
107
152
108
153
109
154
110
160
111
161
112
162
113
163
114
164
117
165
118
166
119
167
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
142
143
144
145
146
147
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-103
GP 2
Purpose
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to allow the CSE to recover the Administrator Password in situations where the customer has changed the password from the default value, and subsequently lost or forgotten the password.
This procedure is used to maintain serial number and billing data integrity when PWBs with billing data must be replaced.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
CAUTION
2.
3.
To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at
once. If any of the following billing data PWBs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME
according to this procedure:
4.
ESS PWB.
Select Diagnostics.
6.
7.
Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You
can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111)
and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.
Ensure that the correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB
replacement. Print the System Settings List (GP 5), and compare the ROM values to the table
in the software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD.
5.
1.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
2.
Select Adjustment/Others.
3.
4.
5.
NOTE: If any of the following conditions exist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the
NTS:
The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate.
Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number.
6.
The Set Serial Number button will become active. Click the button. A series of pop-up
windows will open. Follow the instructions on the screen to synchronize the serial numbers.
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at
once. Replacing all three PWBs at once will cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB
needs replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the original PWB and re-enter the serial number (if necessary) before attempting to replace a different
PWB.
7.
GP 3, GP 4
If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.
September 2005
6-104
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
GP 5 Printing Reports
Description
This procedure describes how to print reports.
5.
6.
Other Reports
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Printing the System Settings List (Configuration Report) without entering Diagnostics Mode.
4.
NOTE: Other report titles are also listed for your information
5.
6.
7.
NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location
700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/
Write).
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select Print Mode Settings (report tree is show for your information; mode settings contain settings lists):
Activity Report
8.
b.
HFSI Report
c.
Jam Report
d.
Shutdown Report
e.
Failure Report
f.
Select the requested log button and press the Start button. The selected log will be
printed.
Settings List
Address Book
a.
Settings List
Address Book
Comments List
Fonts List
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-105
GP 5
Procedure
Some boot-up failures, as well as some uncertain fault codes, may be caused by software corruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is sometimes possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process.
CAUTION
There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to
bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they
should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these procedures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a specific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series,
perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved.
Log Initialization
This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
Spool Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
HDD Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes the IOT HDD,
and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
ESS NVM Initialization
CAUTION
This routine will set all IOT ESS NVM values to default. Do not attempt this procedure unless
there is a usable Machine Settings floppy, an accurate Configuration Report and/or other data
that will enable you to reload the correct NVM values for this machine.
This step will initialize the IOT ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a
reboot.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
General procedures information
GP 6
September 2005
6-106
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
b.
4.
Enter KO mode.
a.
b.
Enter 11111.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Select Save.
8.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-107
GP 7
GP 8 Firmware Version
6.
Description
a.
This procedure describes how to determine firmware version of machine subsystems that are
administered by Firmware Version designations.
b.
Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.
c.
Select Cancel.
Procedure
Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM, Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM,
and FAX ROM
NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location
700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/
Write).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
d.
e.
Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and
record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.
f.
b.
Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.
c.
Select Cancel.
d.
e.
Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and
record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.
f.
NOTE: Page 1 of the report will list Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM,
Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM
Firmware Version of Duplex, Exit, and TTM
NOTE: Obtaining the Firmware Level for the Duplex Module, the Exit Module and the TTM
(Tandem Tray Module) requires reading two NVM locations, adding a decimal point behind the
first read, adding a leading zero if the second read is a single digit, and combining the second
read behind the decimal point to formulate a Firmware Level.
1.
2.
b.
Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3.
4.
5.
b.
Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.
c.
Select Cancel.
d.
e.
Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and
record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.
f.
GP 8
September 2005
6-108
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Space Requirements
Installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1 (CC C123/C128/C133, WC M123/M128/
133 w/out Finisher), Figure 2 (CC C123/C128, WC M123/M128/133 w/Finisher).
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-109
Space Requirements
Product Specs.
Product Specs.
September 2005
6-110
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Product Codes
Paper Capacities
Table 3 Paper Capacities
Product Code
Specification
TFY
Paper Sizes
TGD
TFW
TGC
WVY
WWC
2TM
UDH
Paper Weights
Paper Trays 1 - 4
Tray 5 (Bypass)
Paper
TTM
UDK
2TM(CopyCenter123/128 Only )
UDH
10
TTM(CopyCenter123/128 Only )
UDK
11
WWD
12
WWE
13
UDN
14
UDP
15
UPL
16
UPM
17
WWF
18
WWG
Copy Speed
19
UDR
20
UDT
21
22
100 sheets
FCOT/FPOT
Component Weights
Component
Weight (approx.)
First Print Output Time (does not include ESS process time for prints); 8.5 x 11 (A4); Tray 1;
DC (Platen)
60 kg (132 lb.)
15 kg (33 lb.)
Voltage Requirements
2 Tray Module
23 kg (51 lb.)
31 kg (68 lb.)
Exit2
2 kg (4 lb.)
Duplex Module
1.8 kg (4 lb.)
DADF
9 kg (20 lb.)
Finisher
30 kg (66 lb.)
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
12 sec. max
September 2005
6-111
Product Specs.
Common Tools
IIT/DADF Specifications
Table 4 DADF Specifications
Part Number
600T 40205
600T 01989
499T 00356
600T 40210
Min: 50 gsm/16lb
Max: 128 gsm/32lb (Duplex mode)
600T 01988
600T 40903
R/E Capability:
600T 40901
600T 02020
25%
Interlock Cheater
600T 91616
50%
600T 41503
CE Tool Case
600T 01901
600T 41911
100%
Scriber Tool
600T 41913
Magnetic pickup
600T 41911
Loupe
600T 42008
400%
Flash Light
600T 01824
Brush
600T 41901
499T 00355
600T 40501
600T 40502
600T 02002
600T 09583
600T 02030
September 2005
6-112
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Part Number
082E 08220
600T 01653
600T 01996
600T 01999
600T 02000
Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3
003R 94642
700P 97436
Serial cable
600T 02058
600T02231
600T 02252
117E 19340
600T 02018
L Probe
600T 02177
300K 63850
082E 02000
A3 Test Pattern
A4 Test Pattern
082E 02010
082E 02020
082E 08230
082P 00448
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-113
Cleaning Materials
Machine Consumables
NASG Part
Number
ESG Part
Number
Cleaning fluid
(8oz., Formula A)
043P 00048
008R 90034
043P 00045
008R 90176
Lens/mirror cleaner
043P 00081
008R 90178
019P 03025
019P 03025
499T 90417
499T 90417
Part Number
Cleaning towels
035P 03191
600S 04372
Drop cloth
035P 01737
035P 01737
Cotton Swab
035P 02162
035P 02162
Description
Name
Part Number
XC WW-Metered
006R 01182
XC NA/DMO-W-Sold
006R 01184
XC NA/DMO-E-Sold
006R 01183
013R 00589
Table 3 Staple Cartridge (5,000
staples)
Part Number
008R 12915
September 2005
6-114
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Glossary of Terms
Table 1
Table 1
Term
Description
LED
Term
Description
LEF
A3
Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches).
LTR
A4
Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches).
LUT
Look Up Table - array of NVM locations that store process control data
AC
LVPS
ACT
MF
Multi-Function
MN
Multinational
A/D
NIC
ADJ
Adjustment Procedure
NA
North America
ARZ
Argentina
NAAO
Bit
NARS
CCD
NG
CD
NO
Number
Chip
NVM
CRU
OEM
CVT
OGM
On-going Maintenance
DADF
PC
Personal Computer
DC
PL
Parts List
PO
dC
Diagnostics Code.
DMM
Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current, or electrical resistance.
DMO
Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal operation and
power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features.
ESD
ESG
FS
GND
Ground
HFSI
HVPS
Hz
PWB
PWS
PJ
RAM
RAP
Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnormal conditions.
R/E
REP
RIS
ROM
ROS
Raster Output Scanner. Device that transfers digitally processed image, using laser
light, to photoreceptor.
SAD
SCP
SEF
IIT
IOT
IQ
Image Quality
Selftest
KC
1000 copies
SIMM
KO
Key Operator
LCD
SW
Software
LE
TE
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-115
Glossary of Terms
Table 1
Term
Description
UM
Unscheduled Maintenance
UI
User Interface
USB
W/
W/O
XBRA
Xerox Brazil
XE
XLA
XMEX
Xerox Mexico
XOG
Glossary of Terms
September 2005
6-116
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag
matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door.
NOTE: At the time of publication no Change Tags had been issued to this machine
This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational applicability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information.
Classification Codes
A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be interchanged, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures.
A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special nonvolatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each
tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made.
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below.
Table 1
Classification Code
Description
Mandatory tag
Optional tag
Repair tag
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
6-117
September 2005
6-118
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
7 Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................
7-3
Wirenets
7.3.1 Wire Net AC POWER (HOT)..................................................................................
7.3.2 Wire Net AC POWER (NUT) ..................................................................................
7.3.3 Wire Net +3.3VDC-1 ..............................................................................................
7.3.4 Wire Net +3.3VDC-2 ..............................................................................................
7.3.5 Wire Net DC COM(+3.3VRTN)-1 ...........................................................................
7.3.6 Wire Net DC COM(+3.3VRTN)-2 ...........................................................................
7.3.7 Wire Net +5VDC-1 .................................................................................................
7.3.8 Wire Net +5VDC-2 .................................................................................................
7.3.9 Wire Net +5VDC-3 .................................................................................................
7.3.10 Wire Net +5VDC-4 ...............................................................................................
7.3.11 Wire Net +5VDC-5 ...............................................................................................
7.3.12 Wire Net DC COM (+5VRTN)-1 ...........................................................................
7.3.13 Wire Net DC COM (+5VRTN)-2 ...........................................................................
7.3.14 Wire Net DC COM (+5VRTN)-3 ...........................................................................
7.3.15 Wire Net DC COM (+5VRTN)-4 ...........................................................................
7.3.16 Wire Net DC COM (+5VRTN)-5 ...........................................................................
7.3.17 Wire Net DC COM (+5VRTN)-6 ...........................................................................
7.3.18 Wire Net +24VDC-1 .............................................................................................
7.3.19 Wire Net +24VDC-2 .............................................................................................
7.3.20 Wire Net +24VDC-3 .............................................................................................
7.3.21 Wire Net +24VDC-4 .............................................................................................
7.3.22 Wire Net +24VDC-5 .............................................................................................
7.3.23 Wire Net DC COM (+24VRTN)-1 .........................................................................
7.3.24 Wire Net DC COM (+24VRTN)-2 .........................................................................
7.3.25 Finisher Wire Net +5VDC.....................................................................................
7.3.26 Finisher Wire Net DC COM(+5VRTN)..................................................................
7.3.27 Finisher Wire Net +24VDC...................................................................................
7.3.28 Finisher Wire Net DC COM (+24VRTN)...............................................................
7-35
7-36
7-37
7-38
7-39
7-40
7-41
7-42
7-43
7-44
7-45
7-46
7-47
7-48
7-49
7-50
7-51
7-52
7-53
7-54
7-55
7-56
7-57
7-58
7-59
7-60
7-61
7-62
BSDs
Chain 1 Standby Power...................................................................................................
Chain 2 User Interface ....................................................................................................
Chain 3 Machine Run Control .........................................................................................
Chain 4 Start Print Power................................................................................................
Chain 5 Document Transportation ..................................................................................
Chain 6 Imaging ..............................................................................................................
Chain 7 Paper Supply .....................................................................................................
Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation .........................................................................
Chain 9 Xerographics......................................................................................................
Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing......................................................................
Chain 12 Finishing..........................................................................................................
Chain 16 Printer ..............................................................................................................
Chain 17 FAX ..................................................................................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
7-63
7-67
7-71
7-78
7-79
7-85
7-90
7-103
7-110
7-114
7-121
7-130
7-131
September 2005
7-1
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Plug/Jack Locations
Item
Number
Figure Title
P/J103A
Figure 17
12
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J103A
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J103B
Figure 17
12
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J103B
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J104
Figure 8
P/J105
Figure 9
P/J105
Figure 9
P/J106
Figure 9
Figure Title
P/J107
Figure 7
Figure 7
10
Item
Number
P/J1
Figure 1
Control Panel
P/J108
P/J1
Figure 16
17
P/J109
Figure 13
11
P/J110
Figure 13
12
P/J111
Figure 5
Exit2
P/J112
Figure 5
Exit2
P/J116
Figure 5
Exit2
P/J117
Figure 6
P/J120
Figure 13
Figure 16
18
P/J2
P/J2
P/J3
P/J4
P/J6
P/J7
Figure 16
Figure 25
Figure 16
Figure 16
Figure 16
Figure 16
11
10
14
19
12
13
P/J11
Figure 16
16
P/J121
P/J12
Figure 16
15
P/J123
Figure 7
Power Unit
P/J124
Figure 7
P/J125
Figure 3
P/J126
Figure 4
P/J127
Figure 3
P/J130
Figure 4
Power Unit
P/J131
Figure 6
Power Unit
P/J132
Figure 6
Figure 9
10
P/J50
P/J56
P/J57
P/J68
P/J69
P/J72
P/J73
Figure 15
Figure 16
Figure 16
Figure 16
Figure 16
Figure 15
Figure 15
5
4
1
3
2
3
2
P/J74
Figure 15
Power Unit
P/J133
P/J75
Figure 15
Power Unit
P/J134
Figure 9
10
P/J140
Figure 4
10
P/J150
Figure 8
Figure 4
12
P/J100
P/J101
Figure 9
Figure 9
2
3
P/J101A
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J160
P/J101A
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J170
Figure 4
13
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J201
Figure 4
11
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J201
Figure 9
P/J202
Figure 9
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J204
Figure 13
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J205
Figure 7
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J206
Figure 13
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J207
Figure 5
Exit2
P/J208
Figure 5
Exit2
P/J101B
P/J101B
P/J102
P/J102A
P/J102A
P/J102B
P/J102B
P/J103
Figure 17
Figure 19
Figure 9
Figure 17
Figure 19
Figure 17
Figure 19
Figure 9
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-3
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Item
Number
P/J209
Figure 5
P/J210
Figure 5
P/J212
Figure Title
Connector Figure
Number
Number
Item
Number
Figure Title
Exit2
P/J404
Figure 27
Exit2
P/J405
Figure 14
Figure 7
P/J405
Figure 27
P/J214
Figure 13
P/J406
Figure 14
P/J215
Figure 8
P/J406
Figure 27
P/J216
Figure 3
P/J407
Figure 14
P/J219
Figure 3
P/J407
Figure 27
P/J220
Figure 5
Exit 2
P/J408
Figure 14
P/J220A
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J408
Figure 27
P/J220A
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J409
Figure 14
P/J220B
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J409
Figure 27
11
P/J220B
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J410
Figure 14
P/J300
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J410
Figure 27
P/J301
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J411
Figure 14
10
P/J304
Figure 10
ESS 2 of 2
P/J411
Figure 27
12
P/J310
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J412
Figure 14
18
P/J311
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J412
Figure 27
19
P/J320
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J413
Figure 14
13
J330
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J413
Figure 27
14
J331
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P416
Figure 14
15
P/J332
Figure 10
10
ESS 1 of 2
P416
Figure 27
16
J340
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
J416
Figure 25
J341
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J417
Figure 14
12
J345
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J417
Figure 27
13
J351
Figure 10
11
ESS 1 of 2
P/J419
Figure 14
11
P/J360
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J419
Figure 27
P/J361
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J420
Figure 14
20
P/J362
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J420
Figure 27
21
P/J363
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J421
Figure 14
19
P/J364
Figure 11
ESS 2 of 2
P/J421
Figure 27
20
P/J374
Figure 10
ESS 1 of 2
P/J422
Figure 27
10
P/J400
Figure 14
16
P429
Figure 14
14
P/J400
Figure 27
17
P429
Figure 27
15
P/J401
Figure 14
17
P/J430
Figure 4
P/J401
Figure 27
18
P/J431
Figure 4
P/J402
Figure 14
P/J432
Figure 4
P/J402
Figure 27
P/J433
Figure 4
P/J403
Figure 14
P/J434
Figure 4
P/J403
Figure 27
P/J500
Figure 3
P/J404
Figure 14
P/J502
Figure 25
11
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Item
Number
P/J505
Figure 25
12
P/J521
Figure 16
P/J522
Figure Title
Connector Figure
Number
Number
Item
Number
Figure Title
P/J702
Figure 2
IIT
P/J703
Figure 2
IIT
Figure 16
P/J710
Figure 2
14
IIT
P/J523
Figure 16
10
P/J719
Figure 2
IIT
P/J524
Figure 16
P/J720
Figure 2
IIT
P/J526
Figure 16
P/J721
Figure 2
IIT
P/J527
Figure 16
P/J722
Figure 2
13
IIT
P/J540
Figure 7
P/J723
Figure 2
IIT
P/J541
Figure 7
P/J725
Figure 2
IIT
P/J541
Figure 18
P/J727
Figure 2
15
IIT
IIT
P/J541
Figure 20
P/J728
Figure 2
P/J542
Figure 7
J750
Figure 2
IIT
P/J548
Figure 18
P750
Figure 22
15
DADF 2 of 2
P/J548
Figure 20
11
P/J751
Figure 22
16
DADF 2 of 2
P/J549
Figure 18
P/J752
Figure 22
14
DADF 2 of 2
P/J549
Figure 18
P/J753
Figure 22
13
DADF 2 of 2
P/J549
Figure 20
10
P/J754
Figure 22
12
DADF 2 of 2
P/J549
Figure 20
12
P/J755
Figure 22
11
DADF 2 of 2
P/J552
Figure 18
P/J756
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J552
Figure 20
P/J757
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J554
Figure 18
P/J758
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J554
Figure 20
P/J759
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P600
Figure 6
P/J760
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
J600
Figure 13
P/J761
Figure 22
17
DADF 2 of 2
P/J601
Figure 9
P/J764
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J602
Figure 9
P/J765
Figure 22
10
DADF 2 of 2
P/J605
Figure 13
P/J766
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P606
Figure 5
10
Exit 2
P/J767
Figure 21
18
DADF 1 of 2
J606
Figure 13
P/J769
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J607
Figure 13
10
P/J770
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J608
Figure 9
P/J771
Figure 21
14
DADF 1 of 2
P/J609
Figure 7
P/J772
Figure 21
15
DADF 1 of 2
P/J610
Figure 3
P/J774
Figure 21
13
DADF 1 of 2
P/J613
Figure 13
P/J775
Figure 21
16
DADF 1 of 2
P/J620
Figure 4
P/J776
Figure 21
17
DADF 1 of 2
P/J661A
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J777
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P/J661A
Figure 20
P/J778
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P/J661B
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J779
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P/J661B
Figure 19
P/J780
Figure 21
12
DADF 1 of 2
P/J700
Figure 2
11
IIT
P/J781
Figure 21
11
DADF 1 of 2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-5
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Item
Number
P/J782
Figure 21
10
P/J785
Figure 22
P/J786
Figure Title
Connector Figure
Number
Number
Item
Number
Figure Title
DADF 1 of 2
P/J8809
Figure 24
17
18
DADF 2 of 2
P/J8810
Figure 24
Figure 22
DADF 2 of 2
P/J8811
Figure 24
11
P/J787
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P/J8812
Figure 24
12
P/J788
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P/J8813
Figure 24
14
P/J791
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
P/J8814
Figure 25
P/J820
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J8815
Figure 25
P/J820
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J8817
Figure 24
10
P/J821
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J8818
Figure 24
P/J821
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J8819
Figure 24
P/J822
Figure 18
P/J8820
Figure 24
15
P/J822
Figure 20
P/J8822
Figure 25
P/J824
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J8823
Figure 24
P/J824
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
P/J8824
Figure 24
P/J825
Figure 17
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J8825
Figure 24
13
P/J825
Figure 20
P/J8827
Figure 25
P/J826
Figure 18
P/J8843
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J826
Figure 20
P/J8844
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J841
Figure 18
P/J8846
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J841
Figure 20
P/J8847
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J842
Figure 17
10
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
P/J8848
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J842
Figure 20
P/J8849
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J869
Figure 25
13
P/J8850
Figure 26
10
Finisher PWB
P/J871
Figure 24
16
P/J8851
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J2011
Figure 4
P/J8852
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
P/J7261
Figure 2
10
IIT
CN1
Figure 1
Control Panel
P/J7262
Figure 2
12
IIT
CN2
Figure 1
Control Panel
P/J8379
Figure 23
H-Transport Assembly
CN3
Figure 1
Control Panel
P/J8380
Figure 23
H-Transport Assembly
CN4
Figure 1
Control Panel
P/J8381
Figure 23
H-Transport Assembly
CN5
Figure 1
Control Panel
P/J8382
Figure 23
H-Transport Assembly
CN102
Figure 13
P/J8390
Figure 26
Finisher PWB
CNP352
Figure 12
P/J8800
Figure 25
CNP353
Figure 12
P/J8801
Figure 25
CNP354
Figure 12
P/J8802
Figure 25
CNP356
Figure 12
P/J8803
Figure 25
CNJ352
Figure 12
P/J8805
Figure 24
CNJ356
Figure 12
P/J8806
Figure 24
CNJ359
Figure 12
P/J8807
Figure 24
CNJ360
Figure 12
P/J8808
Figure 24
11
Control Panel
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Item
Number
CP CN1
Figure 1
Control Panel
F1
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
F2
Figure 21
DADF 1 of 2
FS812
Figure 17
11
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
FS812
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
FS813
Figure 17
11
Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM)
Figure Title
FS813
Figure 19
Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM)
INV CN1
Figure 1
10
Control Panel
INV CN2
Figure 1
Control Panel
LCD CN1
Figure 1
Control Panel
SJ1
Figure 5
Exit 2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-7
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Illustrations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-9
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-11
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-13
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-14
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-15
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-16
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-17
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-18
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-19
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-20
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-21
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-22
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-23
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-24
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-25
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-26
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-27
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-28
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-29
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-30
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-31
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-32
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-33
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring-data
Plug/Jack Locations
September 2005
7-34
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-35
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-36
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-37
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-38
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-39
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-40
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-41
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-42
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-43
Wiring-data
7.3.10
September 2005
7-44
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-45
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-46
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-47
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-48
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-49
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-50
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-51
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-52
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-53
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-54
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Figure 5
September 2005
7-55
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-56
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-57
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-58
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-59
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-60
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-61
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-62
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-63
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-64
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-65
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-66
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-67
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-68
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-69
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-70
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-71
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-72
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-73
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-74
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-75
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-76
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-77
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-78
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-79
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-80
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-81
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-82
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-83
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-84
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Chain 6 Imaging
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-85
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
September 2005
7-86
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-87
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
September 2005
7-88
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-89
Wiring-data
Chain 6 Imaging
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-90
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-91
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-92
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-93
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-94
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-95
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-96
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-97
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-98
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-99
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-100
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-101
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-102
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-103
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-104
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-105
Wiring-data
Figure 4 2TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (2TRAY MODULE OPTION) (j0tp90804)
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-106
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-107
Wiring-data
Figure 6 TANDEM TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0tp90806)
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-108
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-109
Wiring-data
Chain 9 Xerographics
Wiring-data
Chain 9 Xerographics
September 2005
7-110
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-111
Wiring-data
Chain 9 Xerographics
Wiring-data
Chain 9 Xerographics
September 2005
7-112
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-113
Wiring-data
Chain 9 Xerographics
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-114
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-115
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-116
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-117
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-118
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-119
Wiring-data
Wiring-data
September 2005
7-120
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Chain 12 Finishing
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-121
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
September 2005
7-122
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-123
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
September 2005
7-124
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-125
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
September 2005
7-126
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-127
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
September 2005
7-128
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-129
Wiring-data
Chain 12 Finishing
Chain 16 Printer
Wiring-data
Chain 16 Printer
September 2005
7-130
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Chain 17 FAX
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
7-131
Wiring-data
Chain 17 FAX
Wiring-data
Chain 17 FAX
September 2005
7-132
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
8 Accessories
8.1 Fax Kit ......................................................................................................................
8.2 Foreign Interface ......................................................................................................
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
8-3
8-10
September 2005
8-1
September 2005
8-2
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
WARNING
Product Code
XC: EL200333
To prevent data loss when the power switch is turned off, please note the following.
EU: EL200334
FAX Models
CAUTION
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
1.
Printer Models
2.
FMO PWB: 1
3.
4.
5.
Data Cable: 1
6.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
7.
Clamps: 3
Installation Procedure
8.
Wire Harness: 1
CAUTION
1.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
8-3
8.1
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
2.
8.1
September 2005
8-4
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
4.
5.
1.
1.
2.
2.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
8-5
8.1
6.
7.
2.
8.1
September 2005
8-6
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
8.
9.
2.
3.
4.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
8-7
8.1
8.1
September 2005
8-8
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
Set the Local Name, Company Logo, ID, Dial Type, Line Type
1. Date, 2. Time
1. Local Name, 2. Company Logo, 3. ID, 4, Dial Type, 5. Line Type
15. Check that no errors are displayed.
[Function Check]
16. Paper Feed Check
1.Make a note of the figures on the Copy Meter (Count reading).
Select Meter Check on the Menu screen.
2.Make 3 copies of an A3 original from each tray.
3.Check that there is no jammed, folded, wrinkled, or multi-fed paper.
4.Check the functions of the Auto Paper/Reduce/Enlarge Auto %.
17. Copy Quality Check
Check the following items:
1.The Copy density is appropriate.
2.The characters can be read clearly and are not deleted or distorted.
3.The blank areas have no background.
4.There are no black spots and streaks on the copy.
18. Check the Communication Mode (Fax)
Load A3 or B4 original in the DADF.
Perform communication tests with other Fax M/C and check the following:
Auto Receive
The machine automatically receives the data sent from other Fax M/C.
[Others]
19. Printing of various reports/lists
Printing of various reports/lists
Print Report Job Settings List Address Book
20. Other Checking
There are no abnormalities such as strange noise or odor when the machine is running.
Check that the copy meter is counting up correctly.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
8-9
8.1
1.
2.
Accessory IF PWB: 1
2.
Fastener Tape: 3
WARNING
Switch off the machine and disconnect the power cord.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power switch is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
8.2
September 2005
8-10
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
2.
Use the screws (x2) removed in Step 1 to install the Accessory IF PWB. (Figure 2)
1.
2.
3.
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133
September 2005
8-11
8.2
4.
2.
8.2
September 2005
8-12
1st Version
CC C123/128,WC M123/128,WC Pro123/128,CC 133,WC 133,WC Pro133